Search Images Maps Play YouTube News Gmail Drive More »
Sign in
Screen reader users: click this link for accessible mode. Accessible mode has the same essential features but works better with your reader.

Patents

  1. Advanced Patent Search
Publication numberCN103753980 B
Publication typeGrant
Application numberCN 201310717871
Publication date6 Jul 2016
Filing date25 Dec 2009
Priority date25 Dec 2008
Also published asCA2748177A1, CA2748177C, CN101758672A, CN101758672B, CN101758673A, CN101758673B, CN103753972A, CN103753972B, CN103753978A, CN103753978B, CN103753979A, CN103753979B, CN103753980A, CN103862894A, CN103862894B, DE102009059956A1, EP2202080A1, EP2202080B1, EP2370264A1, EP2370264B1, EP2752298A2, EP2752298A3, EP2752299A2, EP2752299A3, EP2752300A2, EP2752300A3, EP2752301A2, EP2752301A3, US8382389, US8651756, US9498997, US9498998, US9511609, US9511610, US9511611, US9522556, US9539838, US9566812, US9656496, US9656497, US9682584, US9751349, US20100166477, US20100166480, US20130142560, US20130315644, US20140199108, US20140204170, US20140205341, US20140205342, US20140205343, US20140205344, US20140205345, US20140205346, US20140205347, US20140205348, US20140205349, US20140205352, US20140205353, US20140320581, WO2010073601A1
Publication number201310717871.0, CN 103753980 B, CN 103753980B, CN 201310717871, CN-B-103753980, CN103753980 B, CN103753980B, CN201310717871, CN201310717871.0
Inventors山口晃志郎, 加藤雅士, 长江强, 今牧照雄, 堀内誉史, 佐乡朗, 入山靖广, 柴田康弘
Applicant兄弟工业株式会社
Export CitationBiBTeX, EndNote, RefMan
External Links: SIPO, Espacenet
带盒 Cassette translated from Chinese
CN 103753980 B
Abstract  translated from Chinese
提供一种带盒(30),其允许通过视觉检查带盒(30)的外观来识别带的类型。 A tape cassette (30), which allows visual inspection of the tape cassette (30) to identify the appearance of the type of tape. 作为打印介质的带收容在盒壳体(31)内部。 A print medium tape housed in a cassette casing (31) inside. 盒壳体(31)包括引导带且将带从出口(34A)排出的臂部(34)。 The cartridge housing (31) comprises a guide strip and the tape from the outlet (34A) discharging arm (34). 臂指示器部(800)在带供给方向的上游侧邻近出口(34A)设置在臂部(34)的臂前表面(35)上。 The arm indicator portion (800) adjacent the upstream side in the tape feed direction of the outlet (34A) is provided on the front surface of the arm (35) of the arm (34). 臂指示器部(800)包括沿与供给方向正交的方向延伸的竖向信息部分。 The arm indicator portion (800) comprises a vertical information section along a direction orthogonal to the feeding direction extends. 孔口形成在竖向信息部分的至少一个中。 Apertures formed in the vertical information section in at least one. 孔口是否形成在每个竖向信息部分中的组合指示带的类型。 Whether the type of opening in each of the vertical information section indicates the tape is formed of a combination.
Claims(83)  translated from Chinese
1. 一种带盒,所述带盒旨在插入带式打印机的盒收容部中,所述带式打印机包括多个检测开关,所述多个检测开关沿着大致垂直于相对于所述盒收容部插入所述带盒的方向的方向朝向所述盒收容部突出,所述带盒包括: 壳体,所述壳体具有顶表面、底表面、前表面和一对侧表面; 带,所述带是被安装在所述壳体中的打印介质;和带出口,所述带出口将在所述壳体中沿预定供给路径引导的所述带从所述壳体排出, 所述供给路径的至少一部分平行于所述前表面延伸;和带引导部,所述带引导部设置于所述带出口的在所述供给路径上的下游侧,并且所述带引导部引导从所述带出口排出和露出的所述带, 其特征在于: 所述带盒进一步包括类型指示器部,所述类型指示器部设置为邻近所述带出口,并且设置在所述带出口的沿所述带的供给方向的上游侧的所述前表面的规定区域中,其中沿着平行于所述前表面延伸的所述供给路径的所述部分引导上述带,所述类型指示器部指示所述带的带类型,并且包括多个竖向信息部分和在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少一个中形成的被形成为孔口的非按压部,所述多个竖向信息部分是沿着垂直于所述供给方向的方向延伸的多个带状部分,所述非按压部适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时不按压所述多个检测开关中的任何一个检测开关, 所述多个竖向信息部分包括在所述多个竖向信息部分中位于所述供给方向上的最下游侧上的第一竖向信息部分,所述第一竖向信息部分位于所述带出口的上游和所述壳体的沿着左右方向的第一中心线的下游,所述左右方向是平行于所述前表面并且垂直于上下方向的方向,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对,并且所述规定区域的沿着所述供给方向的长度等于或者小于带露出长度,所述带露出长度是所述带出口和所述带引导部之间的距离,并且所述带露出长度是露出的带的长度。 A tape cassette, the tape cassette is designed to insert the tape cassette housing portion of the printer, the tape printer comprises a plurality of detecting switches, the plurality of detecting switches along a substantially perpendicular with respect to the cartridge direction of the housing portion of the tape cassette is inserted in the direction toward the cassette housing portion projecting, said cartridge comprising: a housing having a top surface, a bottom surface, a front surface and a pair of side surfaces; tape, the said tape print medium is mounted in the housing; and the belt outlet, the outlet will be guided along a predetermined tape feed path in said housing with the discharge from the housing, the supply path at least a portion extending parallel to the front surface; and a belt guide portion, the belt guide portion is provided at a downstream side of the tape exit on the feed path, the tape guide portion and the belt guide from the outlet and discharging said tape is exposed, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a type indicator portion, the type indicator portion is provided adjacent to the outlet belt, the belt and disposed along said tape outlet with a predetermined region of the front surface of the upstream side in the feeding direction, wherein said portions along said front surface extending parallel to the feed path guides the tape, the type indicator portion indicating the tape type, and includes a plurality of vertical information section and at least one of the plurality of vertical information section formed in the non-pressing portion is formed as an aperture, the plurality of vertical information section is perpendicular to the a feed path extending plural bands, adapted to the non-pressing portion when said cartridge is mounted in the tape cassette accommodating portion when the plurality of detecting switches are not pressed any of a detection switch, the plurality of vertical information section includes a first vertical information section of the downstream side of the feeding direction on the plurality of vertical information sections, the first vertical information section located in the band downstream of the first left-right direction of the center line of the outlet and upstream of the housing, the right and left direction is a direction parallel to the front surface and perpendicular to the vertical direction, the top surface and the bottom surface along the up-down direction relative to one another, and the predetermined feeding direction along the length of the region of equal or less than the length of the belt is exposed, the exposed length of the belt and the belt outlet the distance between the belt guide portion, and the length of the exposed belt length of the belt is exposed.
2. 根据权利要求1所述的带盒,其中: 所述带式打印机进一步包括锁定件,所述锁定件沿着大致垂直于相对于所述盒收容部插入所述带盒的方向的方向朝向所述盒收容部突出, 所述带盒进一步包括在所述前表面的所述规定区域中形成的锁定部, 沿着所述供给方向在上游侧上的所述锁定部的端部位于所述第一竖向信息部分的上游侧上,并且所述锁定部适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时使得所述锁定件插入所述锁定部中。 The tape cassette according to claim 1, wherein: said tape printer further comprises a locking member, said locking member with respect to the direction of insertion of the cassette tape cassette accommodating portion along a direction substantially perpendicular to a direction projecting the cartridge accommodating portion, the tape cassette further comprises said front surface of said predetermined region is formed in the locking portion along the feeding direction on the upstream side end of the locking portion is located at the on the upstream side of the first vertical information section, and when the locking portion is adapted to the mounting of the tape cassette when the cassette accommodating portion such that the locking member is inserted in the locking portion.
3. 根据权利要求2所述的带盒,其中,所述第一竖向信息部分从所述带出口朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧成间隔设置。 3. A tape cassette according to claim 2, wherein said first vertical information section of the tape from the outlet toward the upstream side of the feeding direction into intervals.
4. 根据权利要求3所述的带盒,其中,所述类型指示部至少包括指示所述带的带宽度的带宽度指示器部。 4. A tape cassette according to claim 3, wherein the portion indicating the type comprising at least a portion of the width of the indicator indicative of the width of the band.
5. 根据权利要求4所述的带盒,其中: 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述非按压部;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述非按压部的组合指示所述带宽度。 5. The tape cassette according to claim 4, wherein: the tape width indicator portion includes a plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section, the the second vertical information section toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the plurality of vertical information section of the second outlet is located close to the band; the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section at least one vertical portion of the non-pressing portion is formed in the information; and whether the formation of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section of each of the vertical information section non-pressing portion indicates the width of composition.
6. 根据权利要求4所述的带盒,其中: 所述多个竖向信息部分包括布置成至少三列的竖向信息部分; 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位,所述最上游竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述非按压部;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述非按压部的组合指示所述带宽度。 6. A tape cassette according to claim 4, wherein: the plurality of vertical information section information includes a vertically disposed portion of the at least three; the width indicator portion includes the plurality of vertical information section in the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section, the second vertical information section toward the plurality of vertical information section on the feeding direction close to the upstream side of the second belt outlet is located, the most upstream vertical information section toward the upstream side in the feed direction of the plurality of vertical information sections positioned farthest away from the tape outlet; said first a vertical information section, the most upstream vertical information section at least one of the vertical portion and the second vertical information of the non-pressing portion is formed in the information section; and the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section of each of the vertical information section indicating whether the non-pressing to form a combined portion of the width.
7. 根据权利要求4所述的带盒,其中,所述类型指示器部包括指示打印模式是正像还是镜像的打印模式指示器部。 7. A tape cassette according to claim 4, wherein said portion includes a type indicator indicating a positive or a mirror image printing mode to print mode indicator portion.
8. 根据权利要求7所述的带盒,其中: 所述多个竖向信息部分包括布置成至少三列的竖向信息部分; 所述打印模式指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的第三竖向信息部分,所述第三竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第三靠近所述带出口定位;并且在所述第三竖向信息部分中是否形成所述非按压部指示所述打印模式是正像还是镜像。 8. A tape cassette according to claim 7, wherein: the plurality of vertical information section information includes a vertically disposed portion of the at least three; the print mode indicator portion includes the plurality of vertical information section the third vertical information section, the third vertical information section toward the plurality of vertical information section on the upstream side of the third supply direction of the belt near the exit location; and in the first three vertical information section whether the formation of the non-pressing portion indicates the print mode is a positive or a mirror.
9. 根据权利要求8所述的带盒,其中: 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述非按压部;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述非按压部的组合指示所述带宽度。 Tape cassette according to claim 8, wherein: the tape width indicator portion includes a plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section, the the second vertical information section toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the plurality of vertical information section of the second outlet is located close to the band; the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section at least one vertical portion of the non-pressing portion is formed in the information; and whether the formation of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section of each of the vertical information section non-pressing portion indicates the width of composition.
10. 根据权利要求8所述的带盒,其中: 所述多个竖向信息部分包括布置成五列的竖向信息部分; 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位,所述最上游竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述非按压部;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述非按压部的组合指示所述带宽度。 10. The tape cassette according to claim 8, wherein: the plurality of vertical information section includes information arranged in vertical section five; and the width indicator portion includes a plurality of vertical information section the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section, the second vertical information section toward the upstream of the feed direction of the plurality of vertical information section near the tape outlet side of the second positioning, the most upstream vertical information section toward the upstream side in the feed direction of the plurality of vertical information sections positioned farthest away from the tape outlet; the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and at least a portion of the most upstream vertical information vertical information section formed in the non-pressing portion; and the first vertical information section, the said second vertical information section indicates the combination of the non-pressing portion of the width of the most upstream vertical information section of each of the vertical information section and whether the formation.
11. 根据权利要求6和8到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所述多个竖向信息部分中的相邻竖向信息部分以等间隔布置。 According to any one of claims 6 and 8-10 of the tape cassette of claim, wherein the plurality of vertical information section adjacent vertical information section are arranged at equal intervals.
12. 根据权利要求2到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中: 所述类型指示器部包括多个横向信息部分,所述多个横向信息部分是平行于所述带的供给方向延伸的多个带状部分,并且所述多个横向信息部分在与所述供给方向正交的方向上布置; 所述锁定部的上端位于所述多个横向信息部分的上方;并且在所述多个竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中的多个重叠区域中的至少一个重叠区域是否包括所述非按压部的组合指示所述带类型,所述多个重叠区域是所述多个竖向信息部分和所述多个横向信息部分彼此交叉和重叠的区域。 12.2 to 10 in the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein: the type indicator portion includes a plurality of lateral information section, the plurality of lateral information section is parallel to the feeding direction of the tape a plurality of band-like portions extending transversely and a plurality of the information part in the feeding direction and arranged in a direction orthogonal to; the upper end of the locking portion is positioned above the plurality of lateral information sections; and the whether the plurality of plurality of vertical information section of the overlapping area of each of the vertical information section in at least one overlapping region comprises a combination of the non-pressing portion indicating the tape type, the plurality of overlapping regions is the a plurality of vertical information section and the plurality of lateral information section cross each other and overlap.
13. 根据权利要求1到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所述非按压部是穿透所述前表面的通孔或从所述前表面朝向所述壳体的内侧凹入的凹部。 The inside of the recess 13.1 to 10 in the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein the non-pressing portion is a penetrating hole through said front surface of said housing toward or from the front surface into the recess.
14. 根据权利要求2到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所有所述多个竖向信息部分位于所述锁定部的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部的沿所述供给方向的下游侧上。 Along the upstream side end portion 14. The tape cassette according to claim any one of claims 2-10 in which all of the plurality of vertical information section located along the feed direction of the locking portion of the the downstream side of said feeding direction on.
15. 根据权利要求1到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中所述类型指示器部包括被形成为彼此分开的孔口的至少两个非按压部,所述至少两个非按压部中的每个在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少两个竖向信息部分中的每个中形成。 15.1 to 10 in the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein the type indicator portion includes an aperture formed as separate from each other at least two non-pressing portion, the pressing of said at least two non- portion of each of at least two of the plurality of vertical information section in the vertical information section of each formed.
16. 根据权利要求1到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所述非按压部在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少两个竖向信息部分上形成。 16. A according to any one of claims 1 to 10 in the tape cassette, wherein said non-formed on the plurality of vertical information sections of the vertical information section of the at least two pressing portion.
17. 根据权利要求1到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,在所述多个竖向信息部分中的相邻竖向信息部分的中心线之间沿着所述供给方向的距离在所述带露出长度的7%到10% 的范围内。 17.1 to 10 in the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein, along the center line in the feeding direction between the plurality of adjacent vertical information sections of the vertical information sections It is exposed in the band from the range of 7% to 10% of the length.
18. 根据权利要求1到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中所述带式打印机包括设置在所述盒收容部的前部中的头保持器, 所述头保持器包括: 安装在所述头保持器上的热头;和设置在所述头保持器的上游端上的上游支撑部,并且所述带盒进一步包括: 头插入部,所述头插入部是在平面图中具有大致矩形形状并且沿着所述顶表面和所述底表面彼此相对的方向延伸通过所述壳体的空间,所述头插入部适于使得所述头保持器插入所述头插入部中;和上游接收部,所述上游接收部设置在面对所述头插入部的位置处并且沿着所述供给方向设置在所述热头的插入位置的上游,所述上游接收部适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述头保持器的所述上游支撑部从下面支撑。 18.1 to 10 in the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein the tape printer includes a front portion disposed in the cartridge accommodating portion in the head holder, the holder head comprising: mounting on the first holder of the thermal head; and provided on the upstream end of the first holder of the upstream support portion, and the tape cartridge further comprising: a head insertion portion, said head insertion portion having in plan view a generally rectangular shape and extending along a direction of the top surface and the bottom surface opposite to each other through the space of the housing, the head insertion portion is adapted such that the head holder insertion head of the insertion portion; and upstream receiving portion, the receiving portion is provided at the upstream face of the head position of the insertion portion and along the supply direction upstream of the thermal head insertion position, the upstream portion adapted to receive when the supported from below by the first holder of the upstream support portion when the tape cassette installed in the cassette housing portion.
19. 根据权利要求18所述的带盒,其中,所述上游接收部是从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进的凹口。 19. A tape cassette according to claim 18, wherein, upstream of the receiving portion is recessed toward the top surface of the recess from the bottom surface.
20. 根据权利要求18所述的带盒,其中所述头保持器进一步包括设置在所述头保持器的下游端上的下游支撑部,并且所述带盒进一步包括下游接收部,所述下游接收部设置在面对所述头插入部的位置处并且在所述插入位置的下游,所述下游接收部适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述头保持器的所述下游支撑部从下面支撑。 20. A tape cassette according to claim 18, wherein said head further comprises a holder disposed on the downstream end of the downstream of the head holder supporting portion, and further comprising downstream of said tape cassette receiving portion, the downstream receiving portion is provided in the face of the head at a position downstream of the insertion portion and the insertion position, the downstream receiving unit adapted when the tape cartridge is installed in the cassette housing portion by the head holder supporting the downstream portion of the support from below.
21. 根据权利要求20所述的带盒,其中,所述下游接收部是从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进的凹口。 21. A tape cassette according to claim 20, wherein, downstream of said receiving portion is recessed toward the top surface from the bottom surface of the recess.
22. 根据权利要求2到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中所述前表面包括在所述前表面的底边缘和所述锁定部的底边缘之间的表面部分,所述锁定部的所述底边缘是所述锁定部的底表面侧上的边缘, 在将所述带盒插入到所述盒收容部中的过程中,所述表面部分与所述锁定件对置,并且在所述锁定件与所述表面部分对置并且没有插入所述锁定部中时,所述多个检测开关都没有插入所述非按压部中。 22. 2-10 in any one of claim tape cassette according to one, wherein said front surface includes a portion of the bottom surface of the bottom edge of the front surface and the edge portion of the locking between the locking the bottom edge portion of the bottom surface of the locking edge portion on the side in the tape cassette inserted into the cassette receiving portion of the process, the surface portion opposite said locking member, and when the locking member and the opposing surface portion and the locking portion is not inserted in the plurality of detecting switches are not inserted in the non-pressing portion.
23. 根据权利要求1所述的带盒,其中所述带式打印机进一步包括设置在所述盒收容部的前部中的头保持器,所述头保持器包括设置在所述头保持器的下游端上的下游支撑部,并且所述带盒进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带沿着所述路径的所述部分在供给方向上被引导到所述出口; 头插入部,所述头插入部被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围,所述头插入部沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对,所述头插入部适于使得所述头保持器插入所述头插入部中;和上游接收部,所述上游接收部沿着所述供给方向设置在所述头插入部的上游端上,所述上游接收部适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述头保持器的所述上游支撑部从下面支撑。 23. The tape cassette according to claim 1, wherein said tape printer further comprises a front portion disposed in the cartridge accommodating portion in the head holder, said holder comprises a head disposed in said head holder a downstream portion of the downstream end of the support, and said tape cassette further comprising: an arm that is defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, along the path of the belt the portion in the feeding direction is guided to the outlet; head insertion portion, and the peripheral surface of the wall surrounding the surface of the continuous surface extending from said rear arm of said arm portion is inserted into the head, the head insertion portion extending through said housing, said top surface and said bottom surface along the vertical direction relative to the head insertion portion adapted to one another such that the head holder insertion portion in the insertion head up-down direction; and when receiving the upstream portion, the upstream reception portion provided along the feed direction of the upstream end of the head insertion portion, the upstream portion adapted to receive said tape cartridge when said cartridge is mounted by the housing portion said head holder of the upstream support portion of the support from below.
24. 根据权利要求23所述的带盒,其中所述头保持器进一步包括设置在所述头保持器的下游端上的下游支撑部, 所述带盒进一步包括下游接收部,所述下游接收部沿着所述供给方向设置在所述头插入部的下游端上,所述下游接收部适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述头保持器的所述下游支撑部从下面支撑。 24. A tape cassette according to claim 23, wherein said head further comprises a holder disposed on the downstream end of the downstream of the head holder supporting portion, the tape cassette further comprises receiving a downstream portion, the downstream receiver along a portion of the feed direction is provided on the downstream end of the head insertion portion, the downstream portion adapted to receive said tape when said cartridge is mounted downstream of the head by the holder when the cassette housing portion support of the support from below.
25. 根据权利要求1所述的带盒,其中: 所述带式打印机进一步包括设置在所述盒收容部的前部中的头保持器,所述头保持器包括设置在所述头保持器的下游端上的下游支撑部,并且所述带盒进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口; 头插入部,所述头插入部被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围,所述头插入部沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对,所述头插入部适于使得所述头保持器插入所述头插入部中;和下游接收部,所述下游接收部沿着所述供给方向设置在所述头插入部的下游端上,所述下游接收部适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述头保持器的所述下游支撑部从下面支撑。 25. The tape cassette according to claim 1, wherein: the tape printer further comprising a front portion of the cassette housing portion of the head holder, the holder comprises a head provided in the head holder downstream of the downstream end of the supporting portion, and said tape cassette further comprising: an arm that is defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, said belt being along the guiding the tape feed direction to the outlet; head insertion portion, and the peripheral surface of the wall surrounding the surface of the continuous surface extending from said rear arm of said arm portion is inserted into the head, the head insertion portion extending along a vertical direction through said housing, said top surface and said bottom surface along the vertical direction relative to the head insertion portion adapted to one another such that the head holder is inserted in the head insertion portion; and a downstream receiving unit, the receiving a downstream portion along said feed direction is disposed on the downstream end of the head insertion portion, the downstream portion adapted to receive said cartridge when said cartridge is mounted on the housing portion of the head holder by a the downstream support portion of the support from below.
26. 根据权利要求1所述的带盒,其中: 所述带式打印机包括设置在所述盒收容部的前部中的头保持器,并且所述带盒进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口;和被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围的头插入部,所述头插入部沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对,所述头插入部适于使得所述头保持器插入所述头插入部中, 其中,所述非按压部沿着所述供给方向布置在所述头插入部的上游端的下游。 26. A tape cassette according to claim 1, wherein: the tape printer includes a front portion disposed in the cartridge accommodating portion in the head holder, and said tape cassette further comprising: an arm, said arm defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, the belt is guided along the tape feed direction to the outlet; and a rear surface of the arm and by the rear surface of the arm from the peripheral wall surface extending continuously surrounds the head insertion portion, the head insertion portion extending through said housing, said top surface and a vertical direction along the bottom surface opposite to each other along the vertical direction, said insertion head the unit is adapted such that the head holder is inserted in the head insertion portion, wherein the non-pressing portion along the feeding direction is arranged downstream of the head insertion portion of the upstream end.
27. 根据权利要求5所述的带盒,其中所述带式打印机进一步包括设置在所述盒收容部的前部中的头保持器,并且所述带盒进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口;和头插入部,所述头插入部被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围,所述头插入部沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对,所述头插入部适于使得所述头保持器插入所述头插入部中,并且其中,所述锁定部布置在设置在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个中的所述非按压部的上游和所述头插入部的沿着所述供给方向的上游端的下游。 27. A tape cassette according to claim 5, wherein said tape printer further comprises a front portion disposed in the cartridge accommodating portion in the head holder, and said tape cassette further comprising: an arm, said arm defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, the belt is guided along the tape feed direction to the outlet; and a head insertion portion, the head portion is inserted into the arm surface and the rear surface of the peripheral wall surface extending continuously from the arm rear surround, the head insertion portion extending along a vertical direction through said housing, said top surface and said bottom surface opposed to each other along the vertical direction said head portion is adapted such that the insertion of the head holder insertion head of the insertion portion, and wherein the locking portion is disposed at the first vertical information provided in the second portion and the vertical information section downstream along the feeding direction of the upstream end of at least one of the non-pressing portion upstream and the head insertion portion.
28. 根据权利要求1到10中的任一项所述的带盒,其中所述壳体具有与所述前表面相对的后表面, 所述带盒进一步包括设置在所述底表面的后部中的后凹口,所述后凹口是从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进的凹口。 28. The of any of claims 1 to 10 in the tape cassette as claimed in claim wherein said housing has a front surface opposite said rear surface of said tape cassette further comprises a rear portion disposed on the bottom surface after the recess, the recess towards the rear from the bottom surface of the top surface of the pocket recess.
29. 根据权利要求28所述的带盒,其中所述类型指示器部布置在第一区域中,所述第一区域越过所述壳体的沿着左右方向的第一中心线地延伸,并且所述后凹口的至少一部分包括在所述底表面的第二区域中,所述第二区域是其沿着所述左右方向的两个端部位置与所述第一区域的沿着所述左右方向的端部位置相同的区域。 29. A tape cassette according to claim 28, wherein the type indicator portion is disposed in the first region, the first region crossing the left-right direction of the housing to a first center line extends, and comprising at least a portion of said rear recess in the bottom surface of the second region, said second region of its two end positions along the left-right direction of the first region along the left-right direction end position of the same region.
30. 根据权利要求29所述的带盒,其中,所述后凹口越过沿着所述左右方向的所述第一中心线地延伸。 30. The tape cassette according to claim 29, wherein said rear recess extends across the first center line along the left-right direction.
31. 根据权利要求28所述的带盒,其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游, 所述最上游竖向信息部分包括布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述非按压部,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘, 所述非按压部指示所述带的宽度小于18毫米,并且所述带具有小于18毫米的宽度。 31. A tape cassette according to claim 28, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the upstream side of the most upstream vertical information section toward the feed direction away from the most positioned upstream of the outlet and with the first center line, the most upstream vertical information section includes the non-pressed portion disposed on a bottom surface of said front edge, said bottom edge of said front surface on the edge of the bottom surface side, the non-pressing portion indicating the tape width is less than 18 mm, and the strip has a width less than 18 mm.
32. 根据权利要求29所述的带盒,其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游, 所述最上游竖向信息部分包括布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述非按压部,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘, 所述非按压部指示所述带的宽度小于18毫米,并且所述带具有小于18毫米的宽度。 32. A tape cassette according to claim 29, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the upstream side of the most upstream vertical information section toward the feed direction away from the most positioned upstream of the outlet and with the first center line, the most upstream vertical information section includes the non-pressed portion disposed on a bottom surface of said front edge, said bottom edge of said front surface on the edge of the bottom surface side, the non-pressing portion indicating the tape width is less than 18 mm, and the strip has a width less than 18 mm.
33. 根据权利要求30所述的带盒,其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游, 所述最上游竖向信息部分包括布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述非按压部,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘, 所述非按压部指示所述带的宽度小于18毫米,并且所述带具有小于18毫米的宽度。 33. A tape cassette according to claim 30, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the upstream side of the most upstream vertical information section toward the feed direction away from the most positioned upstream of the outlet and with the first center line, the most upstream vertical information section includes the non-pressed portion disposed on a bottom surface of said front edge, said bottom edge of said front surface on the edge of the bottom surface side, the non-pressing portion indicating the tape width is less than 18 mm, and the strip has a width less than 18 mm.
34. -种带盒,所述带盒旨在插入带式打印机的盒收容部中,包括: 壳体,所述壳体具有顶表面、底表面、前表面和一对侧表面; 带,所述带是被安装在所述壳体中的打印介质;和带出口,所述带出口将在所述壳体中沿预定供给路径引导的所述带从所述壳体排出, 所述供给路径的至少一部分平行于所述前表面延伸;和带引导部,所述带引导部设置于所述带出口的在所述供给路径上的下游侧,并且所述带引导部引导从所述带出口排出和露出的所述带, 其特征在于: 所述带盒进一步包括类型指示器部,所述类型指示器部设置为邻近所述带出口,并且设置在所述带出口的沿所述带的供给方向的上游侧的所述前表面的规定区域中,其中沿着平行于所述前表面延伸的所述供给路径的所述部分引导上述带,所述类型指示器部指示所述带的带类型,并且包括多个竖向信息部分和在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少一个中形成的孔口,所述多个竖向信息部分是沿着垂直于所述供给方向的方向延伸的多个带状部分, 所述多个竖向信息部分包括在所述多个竖向信息部分中沿着所述供给方向位于最下游侧上的第一竖向信息部分,所述第一竖向信息部分位于所述带出口的上游和所述壳体的沿着左右方向的第一中心线的下游,所述左右方向是平行于所述前表面并且垂直于上下方向的方向,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对,并且所述规定区域的沿着所述供给方向的长度等于或者小于带露出长度,所述带露出长度是所述带出口和所述带引导部之间的距离,并且所述带露出长度是露出的带的长度。 34. - kind of tape cassette, the tape cassette is designed to insert the tape cassette accommodating portion in the printer, comprising: a housing having a top surface, a bottom surface, a front surface and a pair of side surfaces; tape, the said tape print medium is mounted in the housing; and the belt outlet, the outlet will be guided along a predetermined tape feed path in said housing with the discharge from the housing, the supply path at least a portion extending parallel to the front surface; and a belt guide portion, the belt guide portion is provided at a downstream side of the tape exit on the feed path, the tape guide portion and the belt guide from the outlet and discharging said tape is exposed, wherein: the tape cassette further includes a type indicator portion, the type indicator portion is provided adjacent to the outlet belt, the belt and disposed along said tape outlet with a predetermined region of the front surface of the upstream side in the feeding direction, wherein said portions along said front surface extending parallel to the feed path guides the tape, the type indicator portion indicating the tape type, and includes a plurality of vertical information section and the at least one aperture in the plurality of vertical information section formed in the plurality of vertical information section extends is a direction perpendicular to the feeding direction of a plurality of band-shaped portions, the plurality of vertical information section includes a first vertical information section on the downstream side in the plurality of vertical information sections along the feeding direction, said first vertical left-right direction downstream of the first portion of the information to the center line of the housing and located upstream of the outlet of said belt, said right and left direction is a direction parallel to the front surface and perpendicular to the vertical direction, the top surface and the bottom surface opposed to each other along the vertical direction, and said predetermined length along said feeding direction equal or less than the area of the length of the exposed tape, the tape is exposed and the length of the tape outlet of said tape guide the distance between the unit and the tape length of the exposed length of the belt is exposed.
35. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,进一步包括: 在所述前表面的所述规定区域中形成的参考孔口, 其中,所述参考孔口的沿所述带供给方向的上游侧的端部位于所述第一竖向信息部分的上游侧。 An upstream side of said front surface of said predetermined reference aperture formed in a region, wherein the reference aperture, along a feed direction: 35. A tape cassette according to claim 34, further comprising end of the upstream side of the first vertical information section.
36. 根据权利要求35所述的带盒,其中,所述第一竖向信息部分从所述带出口朝向所述供给方向的上游侧成间隔设置。 36. The upstream side of the tape cassette according to claim 35, wherein said first vertical information section toward the feeding direction of the tape from the outlet into intervals.
37. 根据权利要求36所述的带盒,其中,所述类型指示部至少包括指示所述带的带宽度的带宽度指示器部。 37. A tape cassette according to claim 36, wherein said indicating portion comprises at least the type width indicator portion indicating the width of the band.
38. 根据权利要求37所述的带盒,其中: 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口的组合指示所述带宽度。 38. The tape cassette according to claim 37, wherein: the tape width indicator portion includes a plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section, the the second vertical information section toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the plurality of vertical information section of the second outlet is located close to the band; the first vertical information section and the second vertical iNFORMATION section for at least a vertical information section is formed in the opening; and whether the formation of the hole in the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section of each of the vertical information section It indicates the combination of the mouth width.
39. 根据权利要求37所述的带盒,其中: 所述多个竖向信息部分包括布置成至少三列的竖向信息部分; 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位,所述最上游竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口的组合指示所述带宽度。 39. A tape cassette according to claim 37, wherein: the plurality of vertical information section information includes a vertically disposed portion of the at least three; the width indicator portion includes the plurality of vertical information section in the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section, the second vertical information section toward the plurality of vertical information section on the feeding direction close to the upstream side of the second belt outlet is located, the most upstream vertical information section toward the upstream side in the feed direction of the plurality of vertical information sections positioned farthest away from the tape outlet; said first a vertical information section, the second vertical information section and at least a portion of the most upstream vertical information vertical information section formed in the opening; and the first vertical information section, the said second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section of each of the vertical information section, whether the formation of the orifice combination indicates the width.
40. 根据权利要求37所述的带盒,其中,所述类型指示器部包括指示打印模式是正像还是镜像的打印模式指示器部。 40. A tape cassette according to claim 37, wherein said portion includes a type indicator indicating a positive or a mirror image printing mode to print mode indicator portion.
41. 根据权利要求40所述的带盒,其中: 所述多个竖向信息部分包括布置成至少三列的竖向信息部分; 所述打印模式指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的第三竖向信息部分,所述第三竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第三靠近所述带出口定位;并且在所述第三竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口指示所述打印模式是正像还是镜像。 41. The tape cassette according to claim 40, wherein: the plurality of vertical information section includes information arranged in vertical section of at least three; the print mode indicator portion includes a plurality of vertical information section the third vertical information section, the third vertical information section toward the plurality of vertical information section on the upstream side of the third supply direction of the belt near the exit location; and in the first three vertical information section indicates whether the formation of the aperture of the print mode is positive or mirroring.
42. 根据权利要求41所述的带盒,其中: 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口的组合指示所述带宽度。 42. The tape cassette according to claim 41, wherein: the tape width indicator portion includes a plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section, the the second vertical information section toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the plurality of vertical information section of the second outlet is located close to the band; the first vertical information section and the second vertical iNFORMATION section for at least a vertical information section is formed in the opening; and whether the formation of the hole in the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section of each of the vertical information section It indicates the combination of the mouth width.
43. 根据权利要求41所述的带盒,其中: 所述多个竖向信息部分包括布置成五列的竖向信息部分; 所述带宽度指示器部包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位,所述最上游竖向信息部分在所述多个竖向信息部分中朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位; 在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;并且在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口的组合指示所述带宽度。 43. A tape cassette according to claim 41, wherein: the plurality of vertical information section comprises a vertically arranged five portions of information; the width indicator portion includes the plurality of vertical information section the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section, the second vertical information section toward the upstream of the feed direction of the plurality of vertical information section near the tape outlet side of the second positioning, the most upstream vertical information section toward the upstream side in the feed direction of the plurality of vertical information sections positioned farthest away from the tape outlet; the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section at least one vertical information section is formed in the opening; and the first vertical information section, the the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section of each of the vertical information section, whether the formation of the orifice combination indicates the width.
44. 根据权利要求39和41到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所述多个竖向信息部分中的相邻竖向信息部分以等间隔布置。 44. According to any one of 39 and 41-43 of the tape cassette of claim, wherein the plurality of vertical information section adjacent vertical information section are arranged at equal intervals.
45. 根据权利要求35到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中: 所述类型指示器部包括多个横向信息部分,所述多个横向信息部分是平行于所述带的供给方向延伸的多个带状部分,并且所述多个横向信息部分在与所述供给方向正交的方向上布置; 所述参考孔口的上端位于所述多个横向信息部分的上方;并且在所述多个竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中的多个重叠区域中的至少一个重叠区域是否包括所述孔口的组合指示所述带类型,所述多个重叠区域是所述多个竖向信息部分和所述多个横向信息部分彼此交叉和重叠的区域。 45.35 to 43 of the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein: the type indicator portion includes a plurality of lateral information section, the plurality of lateral information section is parallel to the feeding direction of the tape a plurality of band-like portions extending transversely and a plurality of the information part in the feeding direction and arranged in a direction orthogonal to; the upper end of the reference aperture located above the plurality of lateral information section; and in the whether at least one of said plurality of overlapping area overlapping the plurality of vertical information section area of each of the vertical information section includes the orifice in the combination indicates the tape type, the plurality of overlapping regions is the a plurality of vertical information section and the plurality of lateral information section cross each other and overlap.
46. 根据权利要求34到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所述孔口是穿透所述前表面的通孔或从所述前表面朝向所述壳体的内侧凹入的凹部。 46.34 to 43 of the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein said aperture is a through hole through said front surface or inward of the housing from the front surface of the concave the recess.
47. 根据权利要求35到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所有所述多个竖向信息部分位于所述参考孔口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部的沿所述供给方向的下游侧上。 Along the end portion 47. In accordance with any one of 35 to 43 of the tape cassette according to one of the preceding claims, wherein all of the plurality of vertical information section located along the reference aperture on the upstream side of the feeding direction of the downstream side of the feeding direction.
48. 根据权利要求34到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中所述类型指示器部包括被形成为彼此分开的孔口的至少两个孔口,所述至少两个孔口中的每个在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少两个竖向信息部分中的每个中形成。 48.34 to 43 of the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein the type indicator portion includes an aperture formed as separate from each other at least two apertures, at least two of said apertures each formed at each of the plurality of vertical information section at least two vertical information section.
49. 根据权利要求34到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,所述孔口在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少两个竖向信息部分上形成。 Forming at least two vertical information section from 49.34 to 43 in the tape cassette according to any one of claim wherein said aperture in said plurality of vertical information section.
50. 根据权利要求34到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中,在所述多个竖向信息部分中的相邻竖向信息部分的中心线之间沿着所述供给方向的距离在所述带露出长度的7%到10% 的范围内。 50.34 to 43 of the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein, between the center lines of the plurality of vertical information sections of the adjacent vertical information sections along the feeding direction It is exposed in the band from the range of 7% to 10% of the length.
51. 根据权利要求34到43中的任一项所述的带盒,进一步包括: 开口,所述开口是在平面图中具有大致矩形形状并且沿着所述顶表面和所述底表面彼此相对的方向延伸通过所述壳体的空间;和第一凹口,所述第一凹口从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进,并且沿着所述供给方向设置在所述开口的上游端上。 51.34 to 43 of the tape cassette according to any one of claims, further comprising: an opening having a substantially rectangular shape in a plan view, and along the top surface and the bottom surface opposite to each other, extending through the space of the housing; and a first recess, said first recess from the bottom surface toward the top surface of the pocket, and an upstream end disposed in said opening along said feeding direction on.
52. 根据权利要求51所述的带盒,进一步包括第二凹口,所述第二凹口从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进,并且沿着所述供给方向设置在所述开口的下游端上。 52. A tape cassette according to claim 51, further comprising a second recess, the second recess from the bottom surface toward the top surface of the pocket, and is formed along the opening provided in the feeding direction downstream end.
53. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口; 被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围的开口,所述开口沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对;和上游凹口,所述上游凹口沿着所述供给方向设置在所述开口的上游端上,并且从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进。 53. A tape cassette according to claim 34, further comprising: an arm that is defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, the tape is fed along said direction guiding the tape to the outlet; opening by the rear surface of the arm and the surface of the peripheral wall surface extending continuously from the rear of the arm surrounds, the opening extending through the housing along the vertical direction, the top surface and said bottom surface along the vertical direction relative to each other; and an upstream recess, said recess upstream along the feed direction is provided on the upstream end of the opening and towards the top surface of the recess from the bottom surface feed.
54. 根据权利要求53所述的带盒,进一步包括下游凹口,所述下游凹口沿着所述供给方向设置在所述开口的下游端上,并且从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进。 54. A tape cassette according to claim 53, further comprising a downstream recess, downstream recess along said feed direction is disposed on the downstream end of the opening, and from the top surface toward the bottom surface recessed.
55. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口; 被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围的开口,所述开口沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对;和下游凹口,所述下游凹口沿着所述供给方向设置在所述开口的下游端上,并且从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进。 55. A tape cassette according to claim 34, further comprising: an arm that is defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, the tape is fed along said direction guiding the tape to the outlet; opening by the rear surface of the arm and the surface of the peripheral wall surface extending continuously from the rear of the arm surrounds, the opening extending through the housing along the vertical direction, the top surface and said bottom surface along the vertical direction relative to each other; and a downstream recess, downstream recess along said feed direction is disposed on the downstream end of the opening and towards the top surface of the recess from the bottom surface feed.
56. 根据权利要求1或34所述的带盒,其中所述底表面包括第一底表面和第二底表面,所述第二底表面大致平行于所述第一底表面延伸,并且所述第二底表面沿着上下方向位于所述顶表面和所述第一底表面之间,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对, 所述壳体包括: 上游侧壁,所述上游侧壁连接到所述底表面的沿着所述供给方向的上游边缘;和周边边缘壁,所述周边边缘壁连接所述第一底表面和所述第二底表面,所述周边边缘壁沿着所述供给方向从所述上游侧壁朝向下游侧延伸,进一步朝向后侧并且朝向所述下游侧延伸,进一步与所述上游侧壁平行地朝向所述后侧延伸,连接到所述壳体的与所述前表面相对的后表面,进一步与所述后表面平行地朝向所述下游侧延伸,进一步与所述上游侧壁平行地朝向所述前表面延伸,并且进一步朝向所述下游侧并且朝向所述前表面延伸。 1 or 56. The tape cassette according to claim 34, wherein the bottom surface includes a first bottom surface and a second bottom surface, said second bottom surface is substantially parallel to the bottom surface of the first extension, and wherein the second bottom surface along the vertical direction located between said top surface and said first bottom surface, said top surface and said bottom surface opposed to each other along the vertical direction, the housing comprising: an upstream sidewall, upstream edge of the upstream side wall connected to said bottom surface along said feeding direction; and the peripheral edge of the wall, the peripheral edge of a bottom wall connecting said first surface and said second bottom surface, said peripheral supplying the peripheral wall along a direction extending from the downstream side toward the upstream side wall, extending further toward the rear and toward the downstream side, the rear side is further extending toward the upstream side wall parallel, connected to the the front surface of said housing opposite to said rear face, parallel to the surface toward the further downstream side and the rear extension, parallel to the further toward the upstream side wall surface extending the front, and further toward the and a downstream side surface extending toward the front.
57. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,其中所述前表面包括朝向所述壳体的与所述前表面相对的后表面凹进的槽,并且所述孔口沿着所述供给方向布置在所述槽的下游。 57. A tape cassette according to claim 34, wherein said front surface comprises a front surface opposite said rear surface recessed groove toward the housing, and the opening is arranged along said feeding direction downstream of said groove.
58. 根据权利要求57所述的带盒,其中,第一距离比第二距离短,所述第一距离是在所述槽的下游端和最后位置之间沿着所述供给方向的距离,所述最后位置是在所述槽中最靠近所述后表面的位置,所述第二距离是在所述槽的上游端和所述最后位置之间沿着所述供给方向的距离。 58. A tape cassette according to claim 57, wherein the first distance is shorter than the second distance, the first distance is a distance along the feed direction between the downstream end of the groove and the final position, the final position is the position in the slot closest to the rear surface, said second distance is measured along the feeding direction of the distance between the upstream end of said groove and said final position.
59. 根据权利要求1或34所述的带盒,进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口, 其中,所述臂后表面包括: 第一表面,所述第一表面平行于所述前表面地延伸;和第二表面,所述第二表面从所述第一表面的下游端朝向沿着所述供给方向的下游侧并且朝向所述前表面延伸,所述第二表面以朝向所述前表面突出的凸形形状弯曲。 59. The tape cassette 1 or 34, further comprises: an arm that is defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, said belt being along the guiding the tape feed direction to the outlet, wherein, the rear surface of the arm comprises: a first surface, said first surface parallel to the front surface extends; and a second surface, said second surface from said first a downstream end surface toward the downstream side along the feeding direction and extending toward said front surface, said second surface toward the front surface of the protruding curved convex shape.
60. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游,并且所述最上游竖向信息部分包括布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述孔口,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘。 60. The tape cassette according to claim 34, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the upstream side of the most upstream vertical information section toward the feeding direction away from the most positioned upstream of the outlet and with the first center line, and the most upstream vertical information section comprises a bottom edge disposed on said front surface of said opening, said bottom edge of said front surface edge of the bottom surface side.
61. 根据权利要求60所述的带盒,其中,设置在所述最上游竖向信息部分中的所述孔口沿着上下方向的长度比在所述多个竖向信息部分中的另一个竖向信息部分中形成的所述孔口沿着所述上下方向的长度短,所述上下方向是所述顶表面和所述底表面彼此相对的方向。 Another of the opening 61. The tape cartridge of claim 60, wherein provided at the most upstream vertical information section along the length of the vertical direction than in the plurality of vertical information section the aperture of the vertical information section formed along the length of the short vertical direction, the vertical direction is the top surface and the bottom surface in mutually opposite directions.
62. 根据权利要求35所述的带盒,其中,第一长度比第二长度长,所述第一长度是所述参考孔口沿着所述供给方向的长度,并且所述第二长度是所述参考孔口沿着平行于所述前表面并且垂直于所述供给方向的方向的长度。 62. A tape cassette according to claim 35, wherein the first length is longer than the second length, the first length of the reference aperture is along the length of the feeding direction, and said second length is longitudinal direction of the opening in a direction parallel to the reference surface and perpendicular to the front in the feed direction.
63. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,进一步包括在所述前表面中形成的通孔,所述通孔沿着所述供给方向布置在所述孔口的下游, 其中,第一长度比第二长度短,所述第一长度是所述通孔沿着所述供给方向的长度,并且所述第二长度是所述通孔沿着平行于所述前表面并且垂直于所述供给方向的方向的长度。 63. A tape cassette according to claim 34, further comprising a through hole formed on said front surface of said through hole along the feeding direction is arranged downstream of the orifice, wherein the ratio of the first length the second length is shorter, the first length of the through-hole is supplied along the direction of length and the second length of said through hole is parallel to the front surface and the perpendicular to the feed direction length direction.
64. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口;和被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围的开口,所述开口沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对, 其中,所述孔口沿着所述供给方向布置在所述开口的上游端的下游。 64. A tape cassette according to claim 34, further comprising: an arm that is defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, the tape is fed along said direction guided to the outlet zone; and by opening the rear surface of the arm and the surface of the peripheral wall surface extending continuously from the rear of the arm surrounds, the opening extending through the housing along the vertical direction, the top surface and the bottom surface along the vertical direction relative to each other, wherein, said orifice being disposed downstream of the upstream end of the opening along the feeding direction.
65. 根据权利要求38的所述带盒,进一步包括: 臂部,所述臂部由所述前表面和臂后表面限定,并且在所述臂部内,所述带被沿着所述供给方向引导到所述带出口;和被所述臂后表面和从所述臂后表面连续地延伸的周边壁表面包围的开口,所述开口沿着上下方向延伸通过所述壳体,所述顶表面和所述底表面沿着上述上下方向彼此相对, 其中,所述参考孔口布置在设置在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个中的所述孔口的上游和所述开口的沿着所述供给方向的上游端的下游。 65. A tape cassette according to claim 38, further comprising: an arm that is defined by the rear surface of the front surface and the arm, and said arm portion, the tape is fed along said direction guided to the outlet zone; and by opening the rear surface of the arm and the surface of the peripheral wall surface extending continuously from the rear of the arm surrounds, the opening extending through the housing along the vertical direction, the top surface and the bottom surface along the vertical direction relative to each other, wherein the reference aperture is arranged in the information provided in the first vertical portion and at least one of said second vertical information section in said hole upstream port and downstream along the feeding direction of the upstream end of the opening.
66. 根据权利要求34所述的带盒,进一步包括: 将用于在所述带上打印的墨带,所述墨带在所述壳体内缠绕并且安装;和被支撑孔在所述壳体内以可旋转方式支撑并且适于在打印之后卷取所述墨带的墨带卷取卷轴, 其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游,并且所述最上游竖向信息部分包括在特定区域中布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述孔口,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘,所述特定区域是其沿着所述供给方向的两个端部位置与所述支撑孔沿着所述供给方向的两个端部位置相同的区域。 66. A tape cassette according to claim 34, further comprising: an ink ribbon for printing of the tape, the ink ribbon is wound and mounted within the housing; and a support hole in the housing rotatably supported and adapted for winding the printing ink after the ink ribbon take-up spool, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the most upstream vertical information section toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the belt away from said outlet is located upstream of the first and at the center line, and the most upstream vertical information section comprises arranged on the bottom edge of the front surface in a specific area of the aperture, the edge of the bottom surface of the bottom edge of the front surface side, which is a specific area along the feeding direction of the two end positions of the support holes along the the same location area of the two ends of the feeding direction.
67. 根据权利要求1或34所述的带盒,其中所述壳体进一步包括左侧表面和右侧表面,所述左侧表面和所述右侧表面分别连接到所述底表面沿着所述壳体的左右方向的两个边缘, 所述类型指示器部布置在第一区域中,所述第一区域越过所述壳体的沿着所述左右方向的第一中心线地延伸,并且所述带盒进一步包括第一凹口,所述第一凹口从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进,并且连接到所述左侧表面和所述右侧表面中的一个侧表面。 1 or 67. The tape cassette according to claim 34, wherein said housing further includes a left side surface and right side surface, and the surface of the right side surface of the left side are respectively connected to said bottom surface along the two edges, the type indicator portion of the left-right direction of said housing is disposed in the first region, the first region of the housing across the right and left direction along a first center line extends, and the tape cassette further comprises a first recess, said first recess from the bottom surface toward the top surface of the pocket, and is connected to the left side surface and a side surface of the right side surface of the.
68. 根据权利要求67所述的带盒,进一步包括: 第二凹口,所述第二凹口从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进,并且连接到所述左侧表面和所述右侧表面中的另一个侧表面, 其中,所述第一区域沿着所述左右方向布置在所述第一凹口和所述第二凹口之间。 68. A tape cassette according to claim 67, further comprising: a second recess, the second recess from the bottom surface toward the top surface of the pocket, and is connected to the left side surface and the the other side surface of the right side surface, wherein the first region is disposed along the right and left direction between said first recess and said second recess.
69. 根据权利要求68所述的带盒,其中所述第一凹口连接到所述左侧表面,并且所述第二凹口连接到所述右侧表面。 69. A tape cassette according to claim 68, wherein said first recess is connected to the left side surface, and the second recess is connected to the right side surface.
70. 根据权利要求67所述的带盒,其中,所述第一凹口包括第三凹口,所述第三凹口从所述第一凹口的底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进。 70. A tape cassette according to claim 67, wherein said first recess comprises a third recess, said third recess from a bottom surface of said first recess toward said top surface of the pocket.
71. 根据权利要求68所述的带盒,其中,所述第二凹口包括第四凹口,所述第四凹口从所述第二凹口的底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进。 71. A tape cassette according to claim 68, wherein said second recess includes a fourth recess, said fourth recess from the bottom surface of the second recess toward said top surface of the pocket.
72. 根据权利要求68所述的带盒,其中所述第一凹口包括第三凹口,所述第三凹口从所述第一凹口的底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进,并且所述第二凹口包括第四凹口,所述第四凹口从所述第二凹口的底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进。 72. A tape cassette according to claim 68, wherein said first recess comprises a third recess, said third recess from a bottom surface of said first recess toward said top surface of the pocket, and said second recess includes a fourth recess, said fourth recess from the bottom surface of the second recess toward said top surface of the pocket.
73. 根据权利要求67所述的带盒,其中所述盒收容部包括盒支撑部,并且所述第一凹口适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时与所述盒支撑部对置。 73. A tape cassette according to claim 67, wherein the cartridge includes a cartridge accommodating portion support portion, and said first notch adapted when said tape cartridge is mounted in the cassette accommodating portion when the cassette supporting part opposite.
74. 根据权利要求73所述的带盒,其中所述带式打印机包括设置在所述盒支撑部上的定位销,并且所述第一凹口包括销孔,所述销孔适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述定位销从下面支撑。 74. The tape cassette according to claim 73, wherein the tape printer includes a cartridge disposed on the support portion of the positioning pin and said first recess includes a pin hole, the pin hole adapted when the said tape cassette installed in the cassette housing portion by the positioning pin supported from below.
75. 根据权利要求68所述的带盒,其中所述盒收容部包括盒支撑部,并且所述第一凹口和所述第二凹口适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时与所述盒支撑部对置。 75. A tape cassette according to claim 68, wherein the cartridge includes a cartridge accommodating portion support portion, and said first recess and said second recess adapted to when said tape cartridge is mounted in the cartridge housing section when the cartridge supporting portion opposite.
76. 根据权利要求75所述的带盒,其中所述带式打印机包括设置在所述盒支撑部上的定位销,并且所述第二凹口包括销孔,所述销孔适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述定位销从下面支撑。 76. The tape cassette according to claim 75, wherein the tape printer includes a cartridge disposed on the support portion of the positioning pin and the second recess includes a pin hole, the pin hole adapted when the said tape cassette installed in the cassette housing portion by the positioning pin supported from below.
77. 根据权利要求75所述的带盒,其中所述带式打印机包括设置在所述盒支撑部上的第一定位销和第二定位销, 所述第一凹口包括第一销孔,所述第一销孔适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述第一定位销从下面支撑,并且所述第二凹口包括第二销孔,所述第二销孔适于当所述带盒安装在所述盒收容部中时由所述第二定位销从下面支撑。 77. A tape cassette according to claim 75, wherein the tape printer comprises a cartridge disposed in said first position the support portion on the pin and the second positioning pin, said first recess includes a first pin hole, said first pin bore adapted when the tape cartridge is mounted in the cassette housing portion supported by the first positioning pin from below, and the second recess comprises a second pin hole, the second adapted to the pin hole when the tape cassette installed in the cassette housing portion by the second positioning pin supports from below.
78. 根据权利要求34到43中的任一项所述的带盒,其中所述壳体具有与所述前表面相对的后表面, 所述带盒进一步包括设置在所述底表面的后部中的后凹口,所述后凹口是从所述底表面朝向所述顶表面凹进的凹口。 78.34 to 43 of the tape cassette according to any one of claims, wherein said housing has a front surface opposite said rear surface of said tape cassette further comprises a rear portion disposed on the bottom surface after the recess, the recess towards the rear from the bottom surface of the top surface of the pocket recess.
79. 根据权利要求78所述的带盒,其中所述类型指示器部布置在第一区域中,所述第一区域越过所述壳体的沿着左右方向的第一中心线地延伸,并且所述后凹口的至少一部分包括在所述底表面的第二区域中,所述第二区域是其沿着所述左右方向的两个端部位置与所述第一区域的沿着所述左右方向的端部位置相同的区域。 79. A tape cassette according to claim 78, wherein the type indicator portion is disposed in the first region, the first region crossing the left-right direction of the housing to a first center line extends, and comprising at least a portion of said rear recess in the bottom surface of the second region, said second region of its two end positions along the left-right direction of the first region along the left-right direction end position of the same region.
80. 根据权利要求79所述的带盒,其中,所述后凹口越过沿着所述左右方向的所述第一中心线地延伸。 80. The tape cassette according to claim 79, wherein, after the recess extending across the first center line along the left-right direction.
81. 根据权利要求78所述的带盒,其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游, 所述最上游竖向信息部分包括布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述孔口,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘, 所述孔口指示所述带的宽度小于18毫米,并且所述带具有小于18毫米的宽度。 81. The tape cassette according to claim 78, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the upstream side of the most upstream vertical information section toward the feed direction away from the most positioned upstream of the outlet and with the first center line, the most upstream vertical information section comprises an aperture disposed on said bottom surface of said front edge, the bottom edge of the front surface is a bottom side edge surface, the opening indicating the width of the strip is less than 18 mm, and the strip has a width less than 18 mm.
82. 根据权利要求79所述的带盒,其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游, 所述最上游竖向信息部分包括布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述孔口,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘, 所述孔口指示所述带的宽度小于18毫米,并且所述带具有小于18毫米的宽度。 82. The tape cassette according to claim 79, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the upstream side of the most upstream vertical information section toward the feeding direction away from the most positioned upstream of the outlet and with the first center line, the most upstream vertical information section comprises an aperture disposed on said bottom surface of said front edge, the bottom edge of the front surface is a bottom side edge surface, the opening indicating the width of the strip is less than 18 mm, and the strip has a width less than 18 mm.
83. 根据权利要求80所述的带盒,其中所述多个竖向信息部分包括最上游竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分朝向所述供给方向上的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位并且在所述第一中心线的上游, 所述最上游竖向信息部分包括布置在所述前表面的底边缘上的所述孔口,所述底边缘是所述前表面的底表面侧上的边缘, 所述孔口指示所述带的宽度小于18毫米,并且所述带具有小于18毫米的宽度。 83. A tape cassette according to claim 80, wherein the plurality of vertical information section includes the most upstream vertical information section, the upstream side of the most upstream vertical information section toward the feed direction away from the most positioned upstream of the outlet and with the first center line, the most upstream vertical information section comprises an aperture disposed on said bottom surface of said front edge, the bottom edge of the front surface is a bottom side edge surface, the opening indicating the width of the strip is less than 18 mm, and the strip has a width less than 18 mm.
Description  translated from Chinese
带盒 Cassette

[0001] 分案申请说明 [0001] divisional application instructions

[0002] 本申请是申请日是2009年12月25日、申请号是200910262677.1且发明名称是"带盒"的中国发明专利申请的分案申请。 [0002] This application is a filing date is December 25, 2009, application number is 200910262677.1 and the title of the invention is a divisional application "cassette" of the Chinese invention patent applications.

技术领域 TECHNICAL FIELD

[0003] 本发明涉及一种可拆卸地安装在带式打印机中的带盒。 [0003] The present invention relates to a removably mounted in the tape printer cassette.

背景技术 Background technique

[0004] 已知带盒当安装到带式打印机的收容部中时,选择性地按压下设置在盒收容部上的多个检测开关以使带式打印机检测存储在盒壳体中的带的类型(带宽度、打印模式等) (例如在日本专利特开平No. 4-133756和日本专利No. 3543659中公开的)。 When accommodating section [0004] Known tape cassette when installed in the tape printer selectively pressed down on the cartridge housing portion disposed a plurality of detecting switches so that the tape printer detects stored in the cartridge housing zone type (width, the print mode, etc.) (e.g., Japanese Patent Laid-open No. 4-133756 and Japanese Patent No. 3543659 disclosed). 更具体地,盒检测部设置在带盒底面的一部分上,在该部分以与带类型相应的图案形成通孔。 More specifically, the cassette detection portion is provided on a portion of the bottom surface of the cassette, with the tape in the portion corresponding to the type of patterning vias. 当带盒安装在盒收容部中时,被不断向上按压的多个检测开关根据形成在盒检测部中的通孔的图案被选择性地按压。 When the tape cassette installed in the cassette housing portion, being constantly pressed upwardly plurality of detection switches are selectively pressed according to a pattern formed in the cassette detection portion of the through hole. 带式打印机基于在多个检测开关中被按压的和未被按压的开关的组合检测安装在盒收容部中的带盒中的带的类型。 Based on the type of the tape printer in the plurality of detecting switches detect the combination of the depressed switch is not pressed and installed in the cassette housing portion of the tape in the tape cassette.

发明内容 SUMMARY

[0005] 形成在盒检测部的通孔图案基本上仅设计成允许带式打印机检测带的类型。 [0005] formed in the through hole pattern of the cartridge detection unit substantially only designed to allow the printer to detect the type of tape strip. 因此,根据带的类型随意分配不同图案。 Thus, depending on the type of random assignment with different patterns. 换言之,通孔图案不形成为根据规则允许它们可被从外观上识别的图案。 In other words, the through-hole pattern is not formed according to the rules allowing them to be identified from the appearance of the pattern. 因此,人们难以视觉识别带类型。 Therefore, it is difficult to visually identify the tape type. 对于此原因,例如,在带盒的制造过程中,可能工人难以从带盒的外观视觉识别应该安装在盒壳体内部的带的类型。 For this reason, for example, in the manufacturing process of the tape cassette, it may be difficult for a worker to install the type of the cartridge casing from the appearance of the tape cassette of visual recognition.

[0006] 本发明的一个目标是提供一种带盒,其允许通过视觉检查带盒的外观来识别带的类型。 [0006] An object of the present invention is to provide a tape cassette, which allows visual inspection of the appearance of the tape cassette to identify the type of tape.

[0007] 根据本发明,带盒包括壳体、带、带出口和类型指示器部。 [0007] According to the present invention, the cartridge includes a housing, a tape, with exports and type indicator unit. 所述壳体包括顶面、底面、前表面和一对侧面。 The housing includes a top surface, a bottom surface, a front surface and a pair of side. 所述带是被安装在所述壳体中的打印介质。 The tape is a print medium mounted in said housing. 所述带出口将在所述壳体中沿预定供给路径引导的带从所述壳体排出。 It will guide the tape outlet along a predetermined path in the housing supply with discharge from the housing. 所述供给路径的至少一部分平行于所述前表面延伸。 At least a portion of the feed path extending parallel to the front surface. 所述类型指示器部设置为邻近所述带出口,并且设置在所述带出口的沿所述带的供给方向的上游侧的所述前表面的特定区域中。 The type indicator portion is provided adjacent to the outlet zone, and arranged upstream of the feeding direction of the tape of the tape outlet of the front surface of the specific area. 所述类型指示器部指示所述带的带类型,并且包括多个竖向信息部分和形成在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中的孔口。 The type indicator portion indicating a tape type of the tape, and comprising a plurality of vertical information section and at least one vertical information section formed in the vertical information sections of the plurality of apertures. 所述多个竖向信息部分是沿与所述供给方向正交的方向延伸的多个带状部分。 The plurality of vertical information section and a plurality of strip portions along a direction perpendicular to the feeding direction extends.

[0008] 人们可以通过仅观察带盒的类型指示器部和检查孔口形成在多个竖向信息部分的哪个中来识别带的带类型。 [0008] It can be observed only with a cassette type indicator portion and the inspection aperture is formed in which the tape type is identified with a plurality of vertical information sections. 而且,类型指示器部设置为邻近带出口,并且在带出口的在供给方向上的上游侧的特定区域中。 Moreover, the type indicator portion is provided with a specific area adjacent to the outlet, and with an outlet on the upstream side of the feeding direction. 因此,人们可以通过视觉检查带指示器部以及从带出口排出和露出的带容易识别带类型。 Thus, one can visually check the tape and the tape discharge indicator portion is exposed and easy to identify with an outlet from the tape type.

[0009] 所述带盒还可以包括参考孔口,所述参考孔口是与所述带的带类型无关地设置在所述前表面的所述特定区域中的孔口。 [0009] The tape cassette may further include a reference aperture, the reference aperture opening is provided in the front surface of the particular area regardless of the tape type of the tape. 另外,所述类型指示器部可以包括在所述多个竖向信息部分中位于所述供给方向的最下游侧的第一竖向信息部分;并且所述参考孔口的沿所述带供给方向的上游侧的端部可以位于所述第一竖向信息部分的上游侧。 Further, the type indicator portion may include a first vertical information section located in the feed direction of the plurality of vertical information sections most downstream side; and the reference aperture, along a feed direction the end portion may be located on the upstream side of the upstream side of the first vertical information section.

[0010]在这种情况下,利用参考孔口的在带供给方向上的上游侧的端部作为参考点,人们可以限制第一竖向信息部分的位置。 [0010] In this case, using the reference orifice in the tape feeding direction upstream side end portion as a reference point, one can limit the position of the first vertical information section. 因此,人们可以更容易检查多个竖向信息部分的每一个中有无孔口。 Thus, one can more easily check the presence or absence of each of a plurality of vertical information section of the orifice.

[0011]所述第一竖向信息部分可从所述带出口朝向所述供给方向的上游侧成间隔设置。 The upstream side [0011] of the first vertical information section movable toward the tape feeding direction from the outlet into intervals. 在这种情况下,利用其是容易地通过视觉检查识别的部分的带出口作为参考点,人们可以容易识别第一竖向信息部分的位置。 In this case, the use of which is easily accomplished by visual inspection with the outlet portion of the recognition as the reference point, one can easily recognize the position of the first vertical information section.

[0012] 所述类型指示器部可至少包括指示所述带的带宽度的带宽度指示器部。 [0012] The type indicator portion may include at least a portion of the width of the indicator indicating the width of the band. 在这种情况下,人们可以仅通过视觉检查带宽度指示器部识别带宽度,在带类型包括的各种要素中, 带宽度是最重要的要素之一。 In this case, people can visually checking only the width of the identification indicator portion width, in the various elements included in the tape type, tape width is one of the most important elements.

[0013] 所述带宽度指示器部可包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分是朝向所述供给方向的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位的竖向信息部分。 [0013] The width indicator portion may include a plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section, the second vertical information section towards the the upstream side of the feeding direction of the second outlet positioned near the vertical information section of the band. 另外,可以在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;且在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口的组合可以指示所述带宽度。 In addition, the opening may be formed in the first vertical information section and at least a portion of the second vertical information section in the vertical information; and in the first and the second vertical information section two vertical information section of each of the vertical information section, whether the aperture is formed in combination may indicate the tape width. 在这种情况下,通过仅观察第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分,它们的位置能利用带出口作为参考点容易被识别,以及通过视觉检查在第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分的每一个中孔口有无的组合,人们可以容易识别带宽度。 In this case, only the observation by the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section, the position of which can use as a reference point with the outlet to be easily identified by visual inspection and the first vertical information section and Have each a combination of two vertical information section of the aperture, one can easily identify the tape width.

[0014] 所述多个竖向信息部分可包括布置成至少三列的竖向信息部分;且所述带宽度指示器部可包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分是朝向所述供给方向的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位的竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分是朝向所述供给方向的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位的竖向信息部分。 [0014] The plurality of vertical information section may include information arranged in a vertical section of at least three; and the width indicator portion may include a plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section, the second vertical information section is a direction toward the upstream side of the second supply outlet positioned near the vertical information section of the band, the the most upstream vertical information section toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the outlet is located farthest from the vertical section with information. 另外,可以在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;且在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口的组合可以指示所述带宽度。 Further, in the first vertical information section, the aperture formed the most upstream vertical information section at least a portion of the vertical information section and the second vertical information; and in the first a combination of vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section of each of the vertical information section, whether the formation of the opening can indicate the width.

[0015] 在这种情况下,仅通过视觉检查在第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分的每一个中孔口有无的组合,人们就能容易地识别带宽度。 [0015] In this case, simply by visually checking the first vertical information section, the second vertical portion of each combination of the presence or absence of information and the most upstream vertical information section of the aperture, it can be easily recognition width.

[0016] 所述类型指示器部可包括指示打印模式是正像还是镜像的打印模式指示器部。 [0016] The type indicator portion may include an indication of the pattern is just as print or mirrored print mode indicator portion. 在这种情况下,仅通过视觉检查打印模式指示器部,人们可以识别打印模式,打印模式是带类型中包括的各种要素中不同于带宽度的另一最重要的要素。 In this case, only the visual inspection by the print mode indicator portion, one can identify the print mode, the print mode is the type of the tape included in the various elements of the most important elements is different from the width of the other.

[0017] 所述多个竖向信息部分可包括布置成至少三列的竖向信息部分;所述打印模式指示器部可包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的第三竖向信息部分,所述第三竖向信息部分是朝向所述供给方向的上游侧第三靠近所述带出口定位的竖向信息部分;且在所述第三竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口可以指示所述打印模式是正像还是镜像。 [0017] The plurality of vertical information section may include information arranged in a vertical section of at least three; the print mode indicator portion may include a plurality of vertical information section of the third vertical information section, said third vertical information section toward an upstream side of the feeding direction positioned near the outlet of the third vertical information section of the tape; and in the third vertical information section may indicate whether the formation of the aperture Just as the printing mode is still image. 在这种情况下,仅通过观察第三竖向信息部分和检查孔口是否形成在第三竖向信息部分中,人们可以容易地识别打印t吴式。 In this case, by observing only the third vertical information section and check whether an aperture formed in the third vertical information section, people can easily recognize printed t Wu.

[0018] 在打印模式指示器部包括第三竖向信息部分的情况下,所述带宽度指示器部可以包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分和第二竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分是朝向所述供给方向的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位的竖向信息部分。 [0018] In the print mode indicator portion includes a case of the third vertical information section, the width indicator portion may include a plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section and the second vertical information section, the second vertical information section toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the second outlet positioned near the vertical information section of the band. 另外,可以在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;且在所述第一竖向信息部分和所述第二竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否形成所述孔口的组合可以指示所述带宽度。 In addition, the opening may be formed in the first vertical information section and at least a portion of the second vertical information section in the vertical information; and in the first and the second vertical information section two vertical information section of each of the vertical information section, whether the aperture is formed in combination may indicate the tape width.

[0019] 在这种情况下,仅通过观察利用带出口作为参考能容易识别它们的位置的第一到第三竖向信息部分,和检查在第一到第三竖向信息部分的每一个中孔口有无的组合,人们可以容易地识别带宽度和打印模式。 [0019] In this case, only the outlet by using a band was observed by reference to their location can easily recognize the first to third vertical information section, and check the information in the first to third vertical portion of each of the whether the opening combination, it can be easily recognized, and the width of the print mode.

[0020] 在打印模式指示器部包括第三竖向信息部分的情况下,所述多个竖向信息部分可包括布置成五列的竖向信息部分;所述带宽度指示器部可包括所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分,所述第二竖向信息部分是朝向所述供给方向的上游侧第二靠近所述带出口定位的竖向信息部分,所述最上游竖向信息部分是朝向所述供给方向的上游侧最远离所述带出口定位的竖向信息部分。 [0020] In the print mode indicator portion includes the third vertical information section of the case, the plurality of vertical information section may include information arranged in a vertical section five; and the width indicator portion may include the said plurality of vertical information section of the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section, the second vertical information section is a direction toward the upstream side of the supply two outlet positioned near the vertical information section of the belt, the most upstream vertical information section is part of the information outlet positioned vertically toward the upstream side of the feeding direction of the farthest from the band. 另外, 可以在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的至少一个竖向信息部分中形成所述孔口;且在所述第一竖向信息部分、所述第二竖向信息部分和所述最上游竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中是否可以形成所述孔口的组合可以指示所述带宽度。 Further, in the first vertical information section, the aperture formed the most upstream vertical information section at least a portion of the vertical information section and the second vertical information; and in the first a vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section of each of the vertical information section may be formed if the opening combination may indicate the width.

[0021] 在这种情况下,仅通过观察第一到第三竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分,和检查在第一到第三竖向信息部分和最上游竖向信息部分的每一个中孔口有无的组合,人们就可以在较大量的带宽度和打印模式中识别带宽度和打印模式。 [0021] In this case, by observing only the first to third vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section, and check in the first to third vertical information section and the most upstream vertical information section for each the presence or absence of a combination of aperture, one can in a relatively large amount of bandwidth and print mode recognition width and print mode.

[0022] 在多个竖向信息部分可包括布置成至少三列的竖向信息部分的情况下,所述多个竖向信息部分中的相邻竖向信息部分可以以等间隔布置。 [0022] In the information section may include a plurality of vertically arranged under the vertical information section at least three of the cases, the plurality of vertical information section adjacent vertical information section may be arranged at equal intervals. 在这种情况下,人们可以更容易识别多个竖向信息部分的布置位置。 In this case, it can be easier to identify the position of arrangement of the plurality of vertical information section.

[0023] 所述带宽度指示器部可包括多个横向信息部分,所述多个横向信息部分是平行于所述带的供给方向延伸的多个带状部分,并且所述多个横向信息部分在与所述供给方向正交的方向上布置。 [0023] The tape width indicator portion may include a plurality of lateral information section, the plurality of lateral information part is supplied to a plurality of band-shaped portions in a direction parallel to the tape extends, and the plurality of lateral information section in the feeding direction and arranged in a direction orthogonal. 另外,所述参考孔口的上端可以位于所述多个横向信息部分的上方;且在所述多个竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中的多个重叠区域中的至少一个重叠区域是否包括所述孔口的组合可指示所述带类型,所述多个重叠区域是所述多个竖向信息部分和所述多个横向信息部分彼此交叉和重叠的区域。 Further, the upper end of the reference aperture may be positioned above the plurality of lateral information sections; and at least a region overlapping each of the plurality of overlapping portions of the plurality of vertical information sections of the vertical information in the whether the region includes a combination of the aperture may indicate the tape type, the plurality of overlapping regions is a plurality of said information part and said plurality of vertical information section transverse cross each other and overlap.

[0024] 在这种情况下,利用参考孔口的上端作参考点,人们可以限制重叠区域的位置。 [0024] In this case, the upper end of the reference aperture as a reference point, one can limit the positions of the overlapping area. 然后,仅通过观察重叠部以及检查在每个重叠部中孔口有无的组合,人们可以容易识别带类型。 Then, only by checking the presence or absence of each of the apertures in the overlapping portion of the overlapping portion, and a combination of observation, one can easily identify the tape type.

[0025] 所有所述多个竖向信息部分可位于所述参考孔口的沿所述供给方向的上游侧的端部的沿所述供给方向的下游侧。 Along the feed direction of the downstream end of the [0025] All of the plurality of vertical information section of the reference aperture may be located along an upstream side of the feeding direction. 在这种情况下,由于利用参考孔口在上游侧的端部作为参考点人们可以限制多个竖向信息部分的位置,所以人们可以更容易识别多个竖向信息部分的位置。 In this case, since the end of the reference aperture on the upstream side as a reference point for a plurality of people can limit the position of the vertical information section, so it can be easier to identify the position of the plurality of vertical information sections.

[0026] 在所述类型指示器部包括形成在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少两个竖向信息部分中的所述孔口的情况下,在所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述至少两个竖向信息部分中的每一个竖向信息部分中,所述孔口可以形成为彼此分开的孔口。 [0026] In the case of at least two portions of the vertical information type indicator portion includes a plurality of vertically formed in the information section of the aperture, the plurality of vertical information section At least two of the vertical information section of each of the vertical information section, the aperture may be formed separately from each other for opening. 在这种情况下,人们可以容易区分和辨认孔口。 In this case, one can readily distinguish and identify orifices.

[0027] 在所述类型指示器部包括形成在所述多个竖向信息部分中的至少两个竖向信息部分中的所述孔口的情况下,所述孔口可以包括形成在所述多个竖向信息部分中的所述至少两个竖向信息部分上的至少一个孔口。 [0027] In the case where at least two vertical portions of the information type indicator portion includes a plurality of vertically formed in the information part of the orifice, the orifice may include forming the a plurality of vertical information section of the at least one aperture of the at least two portions of the vertical information. 在这种情况下,在带盒的制造中,例如,孔口可以在相邻竖向信息部分上连续形成。 In this case, the manufacture of the tape cassette, e.g., apertures may be formed continuously on an adjacent vertical information section.

[0028] 所述带盒还可以包括:带引导部,所述带引导部设置于所述带出口的在所述供给路径上的下游侧,并且引导从所述带出口排出和露出的所述带。 [0028] The tape cassette may further comprise: a tape guide, the tape guide portion provided on the downstream side of the tape exit on the feed path, and the guide and is exposed from the tape discharging outlet band. 另外,设有所述类型指示器部的所述前表面的所述特定区域在所述供给方向上的长度可以等于或小于带露出长度,所述带露出长度是所述带出口和所述带引导部之间的距离,并且所述带露出长度是露出的带的长度;所述壳体的所述顶面和所述底面的每一个可以具有在左右方向上较长的矩形形状;盒中心线和参考线之间的距离可以在所述带露出长度的18%到24%的范围内,所述盒中心线是所述壳体在所述左右方向上的中心线,并且所述参考线是沿与所述带的供给方向正交的方向的虚拟线,且所述参考线指示设置所述参考孔口的位置;并且所述第一竖向信息部分的至少一部分可以在所述盒中心线的沿所述带供给方向的下游侧,且所述第一竖向信息部分的所述至少一部分可以定位成使得离开所述盒中心线的距离在所述带露出长度的14%到20%的范围内。 Further, with the specific area of the front surface of the type indicator portion of a length in the feed direction may be equal or less than the length of the belt is exposed, the exposed length of the belt and the belt outlet zone the distance between the guide portion and the belt length of the exposed length of the belt is exposed; each of said top surface and said bottom surface of said housing in the lateral direction may have a long rectangular shape; box center the distance between the line and the reference line may be exposed within the range of 18% to 24% of the length of the tape, the cassette center line is the centerline of the housing on the left and right direction, and the reference line is a virtual line along the feeding direction of the belt perpendicular direction, and the setting of the reference line indicating the reference position of the opening; and wherein the first vertical information section may be at least part of the center of the cartridge the downstream side of the line, along a feeding direction, and said first vertical information section may be positioned such that at least part of the distance away from the centerline of cassette tape is exposed in the 14% to 20% of the length In the range.

[0029] 在这种情况下,利用容易通过视觉检查识别的壳体中心线的位置作为参考,人们可以容易识别参考孔口和第一竖向信息部分的位置。 [0029] In this case, the use of readily identified by visual inspection of the housing centerline as a reference, one can easily identify a reference position of the aperture and the first vertical information section.

[0030] 所述带盒还可以包括带引导部,所述带引导部设置于所述带出口的在所述供给路径上的下游侧,并且所述带引导部引导从所述带出口排出和露出的所述带。 [0030] The tape cassette may further include a tape guide portion of the tape guide portion provided on the downstream side of the tape exit on the feed path, the tape guide portion and is discharged from the tape guide and the outlet the exposed tape. 另外,设有所述类型指示器部的所述前表面的所述特定区域在所述供给方向上的长度等于或小于带露出长度,所述带露出长度是所述带出口和所述带引导部之间的距离,并且所述带露出长度是露出的带的长度;并且所述第一竖向信息部分的至少一部分可以定位成使得离开所述带出口的距离在所述带露出长度的30%到36%的范围内。 Further, with the specific surface area of said front portion of said type indicator in the feed direction of the tape is less than or equal to the length of the exposed length, said length of said strip to expose the tape guide and the tape outlet the distance between the portion of the belt and the exposed length is the length of the belt is exposed; and the first vertical information section may be positioned such that at least a portion of the distance from the outlet of the belt band is exposed length 30 % to the range of 36%.

[0031] 在这种情况下,利用容易通过视觉检查识别的带出口的位置作为参考,人们可以容易识别第一竖向信息部分的位置。 [0031] In this case, the use of readily identifiable by visual inspection with the position of the outlet as a reference, one can easily recognize the position of the first vertical information section.

[0032]相邻竖向信息部分的在所述左右方向上的中心线之间的距离可以在所述带露出长度的7%到10%的范围内。 [0032] the distance between the center lines of adjacent vertical information sections in the right-left direction of the band may be exposed in the range of 7% to 10% of its length. 在这种情况下,人们可首先识别第一竖向信息部分的位置,然后识别其它竖向信息部分的位置。 In this case, one can first identify the position of the first vertical information section and identify the location of other vertical information section.

[0033]所述类型指示器部中包括的所述孔口可以是穿透所述前表面的通孔或从所述前表面朝向所述壳体的内侧凹入的凹部。 [0033] The type indicator portion of the opening may be included in penetrating the front surface toward the concave portion or the through hole of the inner casing recessed from said front surface. 在这种情况下,孔口可以容易形成在带盒中。 In this case, the aperture can be easily formed in the tape cassette.

附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

[0034]下面将参考附图详细描述本发明示范实施例,其中: [0034] The following exemplary embodiments of the invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, wherein:

[0035]图1是当盒盖6关闭时带式打印机1的透视图; [0035] FIG. 1 is closed when the cover 6 a perspective view of a tape printer 1;

[0036]图2是示意出带盒30和盒收容部8的透视图; [0036] FIG. 2 is a schematic perspective view showing the tape cassette 30 and the cassette housing portion 8;

[0037] 图3是当压板保持器12在待机位置时安装有层叠式带盒30的盒收容部8的平面图; [0037] FIG. 3 is when the platen holder 12 is in the standby position mounted stacked tape cassette 30 is a plan view of the cassette housing portion 8;

[0038] 图4是当压板保持器12在打印位置时安装有层叠式带盒30的盒收容部8的平面图; [0038] FIG. 4 when the platen holder 12 is mounted in position when printing a plan view of the cassette housing portion 8 with the laminated type cassette 30;

[0039] 图5是当压板保持器12在打印位置时安装有接收器式带盒30的盒收容部8的平面图; [0039] FIG. 5 when the platen holder 12 when the print position is installed with a receiver floor plan cassette housing portion 8 of the tape cassette 30;

[0040] 图6是当压板保持器12在打印位置时安装有热型带盒30的盒收容部8的平面图; [0041 ]图7是上面设有臂检测部200的盒面对表面12B的部分放大图; [0040] FIG. 6 when the platen holder 12 when the print position to install heat tape cassette-type plan 30 cartridge housing portion 8; [0041] FIG. 7 is a box provided above the arm detection portion 200 facing surface 12B of a partially enlarged view;

[0042]图8是沿图7中示出的II线从箭头方向看时的剖视图; [0042] FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along the line II shown in FIG. 7 from the direction of arrow when it is viewed;

[0043]图9是示出带式打印机1电气结构的方框图; [0043] FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing the tape printer 1 electric structure;

[0044]图10是当从顶面30A看时宽幅带盒30的外部透视图; [0044] FIG. 10 when viewed from the top surface 30A see wide external perspective view of the tape cassette 30;

[0045]图11是当从底面30B看时带盒30的外部透视图; [0045] FIG. 11 is a bottom surface 30B when viewed from the outside perspective to see 30 of the tape cassette;

[0046]图12是宽幅带盒30的臂部34的放大及分解透视图; [0046] FIG. 12 is a wide band arm 30 an enlarged, exploded perspective view of the cartridge 34;

[0047]图13是宽幅带盒30的正视图,并且示意出设置在臂前表面35上的各构件的位置关系; [0047] FIG. 13 is a wide front view of the tape cassette 30, and is shown schematically disposed on the front surface 35 of the positional relationship between the arm members;

[0048]图14是在宽幅带盒30中的特定区域R0的说明图; [0048] FIG. 14 illustrates the wide tape cassette 30 in Fig specific area R0;

[0049]图15是宽幅带盒30的部分放大正视图; [0049] FIG. 15 is a portion of the wide tape cassette 30 is an enlarged elevational view;

[0050]图16是当从顶面30A看时窄幅带盒30的外部透视图; [0050] FIG. 16 is a top surface 30A when viewed from a narrow look at an external perspective view of the tape cassette 30;

[0051]图17是窄幅带盒30的臂部34的放大外部透视图; [0051] FIG. 17 is an enlarged external perspective view of a narrow arm portions 30 of the tape cassette 34;

[0052]图18是窄幅带盒30的部分放大正视图; [0052] FIG. 18 is a narrow portion of the tape cassette 30 is an enlarged front view;

[0053]图19是当图8中示出的压板保持器12与图15中示出的宽幅带盒30对置时,沿图15 中示出的II-II线从箭头方向看时的剖视图; [0053] FIG. 19 is shown in Fig. 8 when the platen holder 12 shown in FIG. 15 wide tape cassette 30 when opposed, along FIG. 15 illustrates the line II-II from the direction of the arrow when viewed a cross-sectional view;

[0054]图20是当图8中示出的压板保持器12与图18中示出的窄幅带盒30对置时,沿图18 中示出的III-III线从箭头方向看时的剖视图; [0054] FIG. 20 is shown in Figure 8 when the platen holder 12 and FIG. 18 shows a narrow ribbon cassette 30 opposed, III-III line shown from the direction of the arrow to see along 18 a cross-sectional view;

[0055] 图21是示出关于带式打印机1的打印处理的流程图; [0055] FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the print processing on the tape printer 1 is;

[0056] 图22是示出带类型表510的数据结构的图表; [0056] FIG. 22 is a graph showing the tape type table 510 of the data structure;

[0057]图23是示意出第一模式的说明图,其中由带式打印机1检测到错误,并且带盒30与压板保持器12对置; [0057] FIG. 23 is a schematic explanatory view showing a first mode in which the tape printer 1 detects an error, and the tape cassette 30 and holder 12 opposite the platen;

[0058]图24是示意出第二模式的说明图,其中由带式打印机1检测到错误,并且带盒30与压板保持器12对置; [0058] FIG. 24 is a schematic explanatory view showing a second mode in which the tape printer 1 detects an error, and the tape cassette 30 and holder 12 opposite the platen;

[0059]图25是示意出第三模式的说明图,其中由带式打印机1检测到错误,并且带盒30与压板保持器12对置; [0059] FIG. 25 is a schematic explanatory view showing a third mode in which the tape printer 1 detects an error, and the tape cassette 30 and holder 12 opposite the platen;

[0060]图26是另一宽幅带盒30的臂前表面35的放大外部透视图; [0060] FIG. 26 is another perspective view of the wide Magnifying external surface 35 of the first 30 arm cassette;

[00611图27是图26示出的宽幅带盒30中的指示器800A到800E的结构的说明图; [00611 Figure 27 is shown in FIG. 26 wide tape cassette 30 indicator illustrating the structure of the 800A to 800E;

[0062]图28是又一宽幅带盒30中的指示器800A到800E的结构的说明图; [0062] FIG. 28 is another indicator of the wide belt 30 schematically shows the structure of the cartridge 800A to 800E;

[0063]图29是另一窄幅带盒30中的指示器800A到800E的结构的说明图; [0063] FIG. 29 is another narrow tape cassette 30 indicator illustrating the structure of the 800A to 800E;

[0064]图30是又一窄幅带盒30中指示器800A到800E的结构的说明图;和 [0064] FIG. 30 is another narrow tape cassette 30 indicators 800A to 800E of illustrating the structure; and

[0065]图31是沿图15中示出的II-II线从箭头方向看时的剖视图,示出变型例的带盒30。 [0065] FIG. 31 is a sectional view when seen from the direction of the arrows along line II-II shown in 15, the tape cassette 30 illustrating a modification.

具体实施方式 detailed description

[0066] 下面将参考附图说明本发明的示范实施例。 [0066] below with reference to illustrate exemplary embodiments of the present invention. 附图中示出的设备结构、各种处理流程图等仅是示范性的,不意图限制本发明。 The device structure shown in the drawings, the various processing flow chart is merely exemplary, and not intended to limit the present invention.

[0067] 下文中将参考图1到30说明根据本实施例的带式打印机1和带盒30。 [0067] will hereinafter with reference to FIG. 1-30 illustrate tape printer according to the embodiment of the tape cassette 1 and 30. 在本实施例的说明中,图1中的下左侧、上右侧、下右侧和上左侧分别限定为带式打印机1的前侧、后侧、左侦_右侧。 In the description of this embodiment, the lower left side of Fig. 1, on the right side, under the right and the left, respectively defined as the front side of the tape printer 1, posterior, left _ the right of investigation. 另外,图2中的下右侧、上左侧、上右侧和下左侧分别限定为带盒30的前侧、后侧、 右侧和左侧。 In addition, under the right side of Figure 2, on the left, upper right and lower left side, respectively defined as the front side of the tape cassette 30, the rear, right and left.

[0068] 注意,实际上,包括图2中示出的齿轮91、93、94、97、98和101的齿轮组被空腔8八的底面覆盖和隐藏。 [0068] Note that in practice, including Figure 2 shows the gear set 91,93,94,97,98 and 101 are covered with the bottom surface of the cavity 8 eight and hidden. 但是,为了说明的目的,图2中未示出空腔8A的底面。 However, for purposes of illustration, it is not shown in Figure 2 the bottom surface of the cavity 8A. 而且,在图2到图6中, 形成围绕盒收容部8的周围的侧壁被示意性地示出,但这仅是示意图,例如图2中示出的侧壁描绘地比它们的实际厚。 Further, in FIG. 2 to FIG. 6, the side walls are formed around the peripheral cartridge housing portion 8 are shown schematically, but this is only a schematic example shown in Figure 2 the sidewall depicted thicker than their actual . 而且,在图3到图6中,为了容易理解,以上壳体31A被拆除的方式示出安装在盒收容部8中的不同类型带盒30的状态。 Further, in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6, for ease of understanding, the housing 31A is removed above manner is shown mounted in the cassette housing portion 8 different types of tape cassette 30 state.

[0069] 首先,将说明根据本实施例的带式打印机1的概要结构。 [0069] First, the schematic configuration of the printer according to the present embodiment of the tape. 下文中,将以构造成通用装置的带式打印机1作为例子来说明。 Hereinafter, the device will be configured into a common tape printer 1 as an example to illustrate. 作为通用装置,带式打印机1可共通地使用有不同类型的带的多种类型的带盒30。 As a general-purpose device, the tape printer 1 may be in common use many types of different types of tape cassette 30. 带盒30的类型可包括:仅包括热敏纸带的热型带盒30、包括打印带和墨带的接收器式带盒30以及包括双面胶带、薄膜带和墨带的层叠式带盒30。 Type tape cassette 30 may include: only include thermal tape thermal type tape cassette 30, including printing tape and the ink ribbon cassette-type receiver 30, and includes a double-sided tape, film tape and an ink ribbon cassette stacked 30.

[0070] 如图1所示,带式打印机1设有在平面图中具有矩形形状的主单元盖2。 [0070] 1, the tape printer 1 is provided with a rectangular shape in a plan view of the main unit cover 2. 键盘3设置在主单元盖2的前侧。 Keyboard 3 is provided at the front side of the main unit cover 2. 键盘3包括用于字符(字母、符号、数字等)的字符键、各种功能键等。 Keyboard 3 includes character keys, function keys, etc. for various characters (letters, symbols, numbers, etc.). 显示器5设置在键盘3的后侧。 Display 5 arranged behind the keyboard 3. 显示器5显示输入字符。 Display 5 displays input characters. 盒盖6设置在显示器5的后侧。 Cover 6 arranged behind the display 5. 当带盒30 更换时盒盖6可被打开和关闭。 When the tape cassette 30 Replace cover 6 can be opened and closed. 此外,尽管在图中未示出,排出狭缝设置在主单元盖2的左侧的后方,打印的带从该排出狭缝排出到外部。 In addition, although not shown in the drawings, the discharge slot provided in the left rear of the main unit cover 2, the print tape discharged from the discharge slit to the outside. 而且,排出窗形成在盒盖6的左侧,从而当盒盖6处于关闭状态时,排出狭缝露出到外部。 Moreover, the discharge window is formed in the left side of the cover 6, so that when the cover 6 is in a closed state, the discharge slit is exposed to the outside.

[0071 ]接下来,将参考图2到图9说明主单元盖2内的在盒盖6下方的内部结构。 [0071] Next, with reference to FIG. 2 to 9 illustrate the internal structure of the main unit cover of the cassette cover 2 within 6 below. 如图2所示,盒收容部8在盒盖6下方设置在主单元盖2内部。 2, the cassette housing portion 8 in the bottom cover 6 is disposed inside the main unit cover 2. 盒收容部8是带盒30可以被安装或拆除的区域。 Cassette housing portion 8 is an area the tape cassette 30 can be installed or removed. 盒收容部8包括空腔8A和盒支撑部8B。 The cassette housing portion 8 includes a cavity 8A and a cassette support portion 8B. 空腔8A形成为具有平坦底面的凹入部,并且当带盒30安装时,空腔8A的形状通常相应于盒壳体31(将在后面描述)的底面30B的形状。 8A is formed as a cavity having a flat bottom surface of the concave portion, and when the tape cartridge 30 is mounted, the shape of the cavity 8A generally corresponds to the case 31 (to be described later) of the shape of the bottom of the cartridge 30B. 盒支撑部8B是从空腔8A的外边缘水平延伸的平坦部分。 Cassette support portion 8B is a flat portion from the outer edge of the cavity 8A extending horizontally.

[0072]如图2所示,两个定位销102和103设置在盒支撑部8B上的两个位置。 [0072] As shown in Figure 2, two positioning pins 102 and 103 provided on the cassette support portion 8B of the two positions. 更具体地,定位销102设置在空腔8A的左侧,定位销103设置在空腔8A的右侧。 More specifically, the positioning pin 102 is disposed on the left side of the cavity 8A and the positioning pin 103 provided on the right side of the cavity 8A. 当带盒30安装在盒收容部8 中时,定位销102和103(参考图11)设置在分别与销孔62和63对置的位置。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the positioning pins 102 and 103 (see FIG. 11) provided in the respective pin holes 62 and 63 and opposite position. 销孔62和63是形成在带盒30的共用部32的底面的两个缺口。 62 and pin holes 63 are formed in the two notches 30 of the bottom surface of the tape cassette 32 of the common unit. 当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时,定位销102和103分别插入销孔62和63中以在带盒30周边部的左、右位置从下面支撑带盒30。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the positioning pins 102 and 103 are inserted into the pin holes 62 and 63 to 30 in the tape cassette left peripheral portion of the right position from below the support tape cassette 30.

[0073]盒收容部8装配有供给机构、打印机构等。 [0073] cassette housing portion 8 is equipped with a feeding mechanism, the printing mechanism and the like. 供给机构从带盒30拉出带且供给带。 Pull out the tape from the tape supply means 30 and supply cassette tape. 打印机构在带表面上打印字符。 Print mechanism prints characters on the belt surface. 如图2所示,头保持器74固定在盒收容部8的前部,包括加热元件(图中未示出)的热头10安装在头保持器74上。 As shown, the head holder 74 is fixed to the front portion of the cassette housing portion 8 2, comprising a heating element (not shown) of the thermal head 10 is mounted on the head holder 74. 此外,如图3到图6所示,上游支撑部74A和下游支撑部74B(下文中共同称为头支撑部74A和74B)设置在头保持器74的右端和左端。 Further, as shown in Figure 3 to Figure 6, the upstream support portion 74A and the downstream support portion 74B (hereinafter collectively referred to as head support portions 74A and 74B) provided in the head holder 74 of the right and left ends. 当带盒30安装在带式打印机1中时,头支撑部74A和74B从下面支撑带盒30。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the tape printer 1, the head support portions 74A and 74B support from below the tape cassette 30. 盒挂钩75设置在头保持器74的后侧。 Cassette hook 75 is provided at the rear side of the head holder 74. 当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时,盒挂钩75与带盒30接合。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the cassette hook 75 engages with the tape cassette 30.

[0074]带供给马达23是步进马达,其设置在盒收容部8的外部(图2中的上右侧)。 [0074] ribbon feeding motor 23 is a stepping motor, (on the right side in FIG. 2) provided in the cassette housing portion 8 outside. 驱动齿轮91锚定到带供给马达23的驱动轴的下端。 The drive gear 91 is anchored to the lower end of the drive shaft of the tape feed motor 23. 驱动齿轮91通过开口与齿轮93啮合,齿轮93与齿轮94啮合。 Drive gear with the gear 91 through the opening 93 and the gear 93 meshed with the gear 94. 墨带卷取轴95在齿轮94的上表面向上竖立。 Ribbon take-up shaft 95 erected upward in the surface of the gear 94. 墨带卷取轴95驱动墨带卷取卷轴44的旋转,其将在后面描述。 Ribbon take-up rotary drive shaft 95 of the ribbon take-up spool 44, which will be described later. 另外,齿轮94与齿轮97啮合,齿轮97与齿轮98啮合,齿轮98与齿轮101啮合。 In addition, the gear 94 meshed with the gear 97, gear 97 meshing with the gear 98, the gear meshes with a gear 98 101. 带驱动轴100在齿轮101的上表面向上竖立。 Tape drive shaft 100 erected up on the surface of the gear 101. 带驱动轴100驱动带驱动辊46的旋转,这将在后面描述。 The drive shaft 46 with a drive belt roller 100, which will be described later.

[0075]如果在带盒30安装在盒收容部8中的状态下带供给马达23被驱动沿逆时针方向旋转,墨带卷取轴95经过齿轮91、齿轮93和齿轮94被驱动沿逆时针方向旋转。 [0075] If, in the state of the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape feed motor 23 is driven to rotate in the counterclockwise direction, the ink ribbon winding shaft 95 through the gear 91, gear 93 and gear 94 is driven in the counterclockwise direction. 墨带卷取轴95使与墨带卷取轴95配合的墨带卷取卷轴44旋转。 Ribbon take-up shaft 95 so that the ink ribbon winding shaft 95 with the ribbon take-up spool 44 is rotated. 此外,齿轮94的旋转经过齿轮97、齿轮98和齿轮101传递到带驱动轴100,从而驱动带驱动轴100沿顺时针方向旋转。 Further, the rotation of the gear 94 through the gear 97, the gear 98 and the gear 101 is transmitted to the tape drive shaft 100, thereby driving the tape drive shaft 100 to rotate clockwise. 带驱动轴100使通过插入与带驱动轴100配合的带驱动辊46旋转。 Tape drive shaft 100 causes the tape drive shaft 100 by insertion of the mating belt drive roller 46 to rotate.

[0076]如图3到图6所示,在头保持器74的前侧,臂形压板保持器12绕支撑轴12A可枢转地支撑。 [0076] FIG. 3 to FIG. 6, the front side of the head holder 74, an arm shaped platen holder 12 about the supporting shaft 12A is pivotably supported. 压板辊15和可动供给辊14都可旋转地支撑在压板保持器12的前端。 The platen roller 15 and the movable feed roller 14 can be rotatably supported in the front end of the platen holder 12. 压板辊15面对热头10,可以靠近和离开热头10移动。 The platen roller 15 to face the thermal head 10 can be close to and away from the thermal head 10 moves. 可动供给辊14面对可与带驱动轴100配合的带驱动辊46,并且可以靠近和离开带驱动辊46移动。 The movable feed roller 14 to face with the tape drive shaft 100 of the drive roller 46 with the belt, and may be close to and away from the tape drive roller 46 is moved.

[0077] 响应盒盖6的打开和关闭在左右方向移动的释放杆(图中未示出)结合到压板保持器12。 [0077] in response to the opening and closing movement of the cover in the horizontal direction the release lever (not shown) coupled to the platen holder 126 is. 当盒盖6打开时,释放杆向右移动,压板保持器12朝向图3中示出的待机位置移动。 When the cover 6 is opened, the release lever moves to the right, toward the platen holder 12 shown in FIG. 3 is a standby position. 在图3中示出的待机位置,压板保持器12已经移动离开盒收容部8。 In Figure 3 is shown in a standby position, the platen holder 12 has moved away from the cassette housing portion 8. 因此,当压板保持器12处于待机位置时,带盒30可以安装到盒收容部8或从其中拆离。 Thus, when the platen holder 12 is in the standby position, the tape cassette 30 can be mounted to the cassette housing portion 8 or detach from it. 压板保持器12通过图中未示出的螺旋弹簧被不断地弹性推压以保持待机位置。 Platen holder 12 (not shown) by a helical spring being constantly elastically urged to remain in the standby position.

[0078] 另一方面,当盒盖6关闭时,释放杆向左移动并且压板保持器12朝向图4到图6中示出的打印位置移动。 [0078] On the other hand, when the cover 6 is closed, the release lever to the left and move the platen holder 12 toward Figures 4 to 6 in the print position shown. 在图4到图6示出的打印位置,压板保持器12移动靠近盒收容部8。 In FIG. 4 to the print position shown in FIG. 6, the platen holder 12 moves closer to the cassette housing portion 8. 在打印位置,如图3和图4所示,当层叠式带盒30安装到盒收容部8中时,压板辊15经由薄膜带59 和墨带60按压热头10。 In the printing position, as shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4, when stacked tape cassette 30 is mounted to the cassette housing portion 8, the platen roller 15 with 60 presses the thermal head 10 via a film tape 59 and the ink. 同时,可移动供给辊14经由双面胶带58和薄膜带59按压带驱动辊46。 At the same time, the movable feed roller 14 via a double-sided tape 58 and the film tape 59 presses the tape drive roller 46.

[0079] 以类似的方式,如图5所示,当接收器式带盒30安装到盒收容部8中时,压板辊15经由打印带57和墨带60按压热头10,同时可动供给辊14经由打印带57按压带驱动辊46。 [0079] In a similar manner, as shown in FIG. 5, when the receptor type tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the platen roller 15 via the print tape 57 and the ink ribbon 60 presses the thermal head 10, while the movable feeding roller 57 presses the printing tape 14 through the tape drive roller 46. 此外, 如图6所示,当热型带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时,压板辊15经由热敏纸带55按压热头10,同时可动供给辊14经由热敏纸带55按压带驱动辊46。 Further, as shown in FIG. 6, when the thermal type tape cassette 30 installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the platen roller 15 via the heat sensitive paper tape 55 presses the head 10, while the movable feed roller 55 presses the paper tape 14 through the thermal belt drive roller 46.

[0080] 如上所述,在图4到图6示出的打印位置,可以利用安装在盒收容部8中的带盒30执行打印。 [0080] As described above, at the print position 6 shown in FIG. 4 to FIG., The tape cassette 30 can be used to install the print cartridge in the housing portion 8. 后面将更详细地说明热敏纸带55、打印带57、双面胶带58、薄膜带59和墨带60。 Described in more detail later sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57, the double-sided adhesive tape 58, the film tape 59 and the ink ribbon 60. [0081]如图3所示,打印的带50沿着其供给的供给路径从带盒30的带排出部49延伸到带式打印机1的排出狭缝(图中未示出)。 [0081] shown in FIG printed tape along its feed path 350 of the supply portion 49 extends into the discharge slot tape printer (not shown) from a tape cassette 30 is discharged. 在预定位置裁切打印的带50的裁切机构17设置在供给路径上。 In a predetermined position of cutting mechanism 50 cuts the print tape 17 is provided on the supply path. 注意裁切机构17在图4和图6中未示出。 Note that cutting mechanism 17 in Figures 4 and 6 are not shown. 裁切机构17包括固定刀片18和与固定刀片18对置且可在前后方向(图3和图6中的上下方向)移动支撑的可动刀片19。 The cutting mechanism 17 includes a fixed blade 18 and the fixed blade 18 and may be opposed in the longitudinal direction (FIGS. 3 and 6 in the vertical direction) to move the movable blade 19 is supported. 可动刀片19通过刀具马达24(参考图9)在前后方向移动。 The movable blade 19 by a cutter motor 24 (refer to FIG. 9) to move in the longitudinal direction.

[0082] 如图3到图6所示,臂检测部200设置在压板保持器12的后侧表面,即与热头10对置侧的表面(下文称为盒面对表面12B)。 [0082] FIG. 3 to FIG. 6, the arm detection portion 200 provided in the rear surface of the platen holder 12, i.e. the surface on opposite sides of the thermal head 10 (hereinafter referred to as cartridge facing surface 12B). 臂检测部200设置为盒面对表面12B的长度方向中央位置略微靠右。 Arm detection portion 200 is disposed in a central position of the cartridge facing surface 12B in the longitudinal direction slightly to the right. 臂检测部200包括多个检测开关210。 Detecting arm portion 200 includes a plurality of detecting switches 210. 检测开关210的开关终端222(参考图8) 分别以大致水平的方式从盒面对表面12B朝向盒收容部8突出。 Detection switch 210 switches the terminal 222 (refer to FIG. 8) are substantially horizontal manner from the cassette facing surface 12B toward the cassette housing portion 8 projecting. 换言之,检测开关210在与带盒30相对于盒收容部8插入和拆除方向(图2中的上下方向)大致正交的方向突出,使得检测开关210与安装在盒收容部8中的带盒30的前表面(更具体地,将在后面描述的臂前表面35) 对置。 In other words, the detecting switches 210 of the tape cassette 30 with respect to the direction of insertion and removal 8 (the vertical direction in FIG. 2) of the cassette housing portion projecting in a direction substantially orthogonal, so that the detection switch 210 installed in the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape cassette (more specifically the front, which will be described later in arm surface 35) opposite the front surface 30.

[0083]当带盒30在适当位置安装在盒收容部8中时,检测开关210分别定位于面对臂指示器部800的高度。 [0083] When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the proper position in the cassette housing portion 8, the detection switch 210 are positioned to face the height of the arm indicator portion 800.

[0084]将参考图7和图8详细描述压板保持器12中的臂检测开关210的布置和结构。 [0084] with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8 is described in detail in the platen holder 12 and the structure of the arm detecting switch 210 is disposed. 如图7 所示,五个通孔12C在压板保持器12的盒面对表面12B中沿竖直方向形成为三列。 7, five through-holes 12C in the platen holder 12 of the cartridge facing surface 12B in the vertical direction are formed as three. 更具体地, 通孔12C布置成两个孔布置在上列,两个孔布置在中间列,并且一个孔布置在下列。 More specifically, the through-holes 12C are arranged two holes are arranged in the above, two holes are arranged in the middle of the column, and a hole is arranged in the following.

[0085] 通孔12C的位置在左右方向上彼此不同。 [0085] the position of the through-hole 12C in the lateral direction different from each other. 具体地,五个通孔12C从盒面对表面12B的左侦U(图7中的右侧)以下列顺序布置成曲折图案:中列左侧、上列左侧、中列右侧、上列右侦I然后下列。 Specifically, the five through-holes 12C from the cassette facing surface 12B of the left reconnaissance U (Figure 7, right) in the following order arranged in zigzag pattern: in the column on the left, above the left and right side of the column, the I then following the right column Detective. 五个臂检测开关210在与五个通孔12C相应的位置从盒面对表面12B的左侧(图7中的右侧)以21(^、21(、210(:、2100和21(^的顺序设置。 Five arm detection switch 210 with five holes 12C corresponding position facing surface 12B of the left side (right side in FIG. 7) from the cartridge to 21 (^, 21 ( , 210 (:, 2100 and 21 ( ^ order settings.

[0086] 如图8所示,每个臂检测开关210包括大致圆筒形主单元221和开关终端222。 [0086] FIG. 8, each arm detection switch 210 includes a generally cylindrical main terminal unit 221 and a switch 222. 主单元221位于压板保持器12的内部。 The main unit 221 is located inside the platen holder 12. 带状开关终端222可以从主单元221-端沿轴线方向伸出和缩回。 Strip switch terminal 222 can be extended and retracted in the axial direction from the end of the main unit 221-. 臂检测开关210的主单元221的另一端附连到开关支撑板220且定位于压板保持器12内部。 Arm detecting switch main unit 210 of the other end of the switch 221 is attached to the support plate 220 and positioned inside the platen holder 12.

[0087]另外,在主单元221的一端,开关终端222可以通过形成在压板保持器12的盒面对表面12B中的通孔12C伸出和缩回。 [0087] In addition, one end of the main unit 221, the switch terminal 222 may be formed in the platen holder 12 of the cartridge facing surface 12B of the through hole 12C extends and retracts. 每个开关终端222由于设置在主单元221内部的弹簧构件(图中未示出)不断地保持在开关终端222从主单元221伸出的状态。 Since each switch terminal 222 is disposed inside the main unit 221 of the spring member (not shown) is constantly maintained in the switch terminal 222 extends from the main unit 221 of the status. 当开关终端222没被按压时,开关终端222保持从主单元221伸出,处于关状态。 When the switch terminal 222 has not been pressed, the switch terminal 222 from the main holding unit 221 extends in the OFF state. 另一方面,当开关终端222被按压时,开关终端222被推回到主单元221内,处于开状态。 On the other hand, when the switch terminal 222 is pressed, the switch terminal 222 is pushed back into the main unit 221, in the open state.

[0088] 如果在带盒30安装在盒收容部8的状态下,压板保持器12朝向待机位置(参考图3) 移动,臂检测开关210与带盒30分离。 [0088] If the tape cassette 30 is installed in a state that the cassette housing portion 8, the platen holder 12 toward the standby position (refer to FIG. 3) to move the arm detecting switches 210 of the tape cassette 30 separated. 因此,所有的臂检测开关210因而处于关状态。 Therefore, all the arm detecting switch 210 thus in the OFF state. 另一方面,如果压板保持器12朝向打印位置(参考图4到图6)移动,臂检测开关210与带盒30的前表面(更具体地,将在后面描述的臂前表面35)对置,臂检测开关210被臂指示器部800(将在后面描述)选择性地按压。 On the other hand, if the platen holder 12 toward the print position (refer to FIG. 4 to FIG. 6) to move the arm detecting switches 210 and the front surface of the tape cassette 30 (more specifically the front, which will be described later in arm surface 35) opposite the arm detecting switch 210 is 800 (to be described later) arm indicator portion is selectively pressed. 基于臂检测开关210的开和关状态的组合检测带的类型,这将在后面更详细地描述。 Based on the type of combination detection with arm detection switch 210 on and off states, which will be described in more detail later.

[0089] 此外,如图3到图6所示,锁定件225设置在压板保持器12的盒面对表面12B上。 [0089] In addition, as shown in Figure 3 to Figure 6, the locking member 225 provided in the cartridge holder 12 of the platen facing surface 12B. 锁定件225是在左右方向延伸的板状突起。 The locking member 225 is a plate-shaped projection extending in the lateral direction. 以与臂检测开关210的开关终端222类似的方式,锁定件225以大致水平方式从盒面对表面12B朝向盒收容部8突出。 In the arm detecting switches 210 of the switch terminal 222 in a similar manner, locking member 225 in a substantially horizontal manner from the cassette facing surface 12B toward the cassette housing portion 8 projecting. 换言之,锁定件225突出使得锁定件225与安装在盒收容部8中的带盒30的前表面(更具体地,臂前表面35)对置。 In other words, the locking member 225 such that protrusion 225 mounted on the front surface of the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape cassette locking member 30 (more specifically, the arm front surface 35) opposite. 当带盒30在适当位置安装在盒收容部8中时,锁定件225定位于面对形成在带盒30的臂前表面35的锁定孔820的高度。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the proper position in the cassette housing portion 8, the locking member 225 located in the front face of the tape cassette formed in the arm 30 of the locking hole 820 of the height of the surface 35.

[0090] 更具体地,如图7所示,锁定件225设置在压板保持器12的盒面对表面12B上,并且定位于上列的臂检测开关210B和210D上方,从臂检测开关210D和臂检测开关210E之间的位置沿左右方向向右(图7中的左侧)延伸。 [0090] More specifically, as shown in FIG. 7, the locking member 225 disposed in the cartridge holder 12 of the platen facing surface 12B, 210B and 210D and positioned above the top of the arm detecting switch 210D and the arm detecting switches position of the left and right directions along the arm detecting switch 210E between the right (left side in FIG. 7) extends.

[0091] 如图8所示,锁定件225和压板保持器12-体形成使得锁定件225从压板保持器12 的盒面对表面12B沿向后方向(图8中的左侧)突出。 [0091] As shown in Figure 8, the locking member 225 and the platen holder 12- member 225 so that the locking member is formed to maintain the cartridge 12 from the platen surface 12B facing in the rearward direction (left side in FIG. 8) protruding. 锁定件225从盒面对表面12B的突出长度大致等于或略大于臂检测开关210的开关终端222从盒面对表面12B的突出长度。 Locking member 225 protruding length of the face from the surface 12B of the cartridge is substantially equal to or slightly greater than the arm detection switch 210 of the switch terminal 222 from the cartridge surface 12B of the face of the protruding length. 此外,作为锁定件225的下表面的水平倾斜部分的倾斜部226形成在锁定件225上使得锁定件225的厚度朝向前端(图8中的左侧)变小。 Further, as the inclined lower surface of the horizontal portion of the inclined portion of the locking member 225 of locking member 226 is formed such that the thickness of the locking member 225 toward the front end (left side in FIG. 8) becomes smaller 225.

[0092] 接下来,将参考图9说明带式打印机1的电气结构。 [0092] Next, with reference to FIG. 9 illustrates an electrical configuration of the tape printer of. 如图9所示,带式打印机1包括形成在控制板上的控制电路400。 9, the tape printer 1 includes a control circuit formed on the control board 400. 控制电路400包括控制各仪器的CPU401、R0M402、CGR0M403、 RAM404和输入/输出接口411,这些都经由数据总线410连接到CPU401。 The control circuit 400 controls each instrument comprises a CPU401, R0M402, CGR0M403, RAM404, and the input / output interface 411, which are connected to causing the CPU 401 via a data bus 410.

[0093] R0M402存储各种控制带式打印机1的程序,包括显示驱动控制程序、打印驱动控制程序、脉冲数量确定程序、裁切驱动控制程序等。 [0093] R0M402 storing various control programs tape printer 1, including a display drive control program, print drive control program, a pulse number determination program, cutting drive control program. 显示驱动控制程序与从键盘3输入的字符, 诸如字母、符号、数字等的代码数据相关联地控制液晶驱动电路(LCDC)405。 Drive control program and input from the keyboard 3 characters, such as letters, symbols, numbers and other codes associated with the data control liquid crystal drive circuit (LCDC) 405. 打印驱动控制程序驱动热头10和带供给马达23。 Print drive control program drives the thermal head 10 and the tape feed motor 23. 脉冲数量确定程序确定与为每个打印点形成能量的量相应地施加的脉冲的数量。 Determining program determines the number of pulses and the formation of the number of pulses corresponding to the amount of energy applied for each printed dot. 裁切驱动控制程序驱动刀具马达24在预定裁切位置裁切打印的带50 XPU401根据每个程序的类型执行不同的计算。 Cutting drive control program drives the cutter motor 24 to cut the tape 50 XPU401 predetermined cutting position of the print perform different calculations depending on the type of each program.

[0094] R0M402还存储用于识别安装在带式打印机1中的带盒30的带类型的各种表。 [0094] R0M402 also used to identify the storage installed in the tape printer 1 type of tape cassette 30 various tables. 将在后面更详细说明这些表。 These tables will be described in detail further below.

[0095] CGR0M403存储将要用于打印各种字符的打印点图案数据。 [0095] CGR0M403 storage to be used for printing the print dot pattern data of various characters. 打印点图案数据与相应的用于字符的代码数据相关。 Print dot pattern data corresponding to the character code data correlation. 打印点图案数据通过字体(G〇thic,Minch〇等)分类,对于每个字体存储的数据包括六个打印字符尺寸(例如16、24、32、48、64和96的点尺寸)。 Print dot pattern data by font (G〇thic, Minch〇 etc.) classification, the data stored in each font includes six print character sizes (for example, 16,24,32,48,64 and 96 point size).

[0096] RAM404包括多个存储区域,包括文本存储器、打印缓冲器等。 [0096] RAM404 comprises a plurality of storage areas, including a text memory, a print buffer and so on. 文本存储器存储从键盘3输入的文本数据。 Text memory stores text entered from the keyboard 3 data. 打印缓冲器存储点图案数据,包括用于字符的打印点图案和将施加的脉冲的数量等,其是作为为每个点形成能的量。 Print buffer stores dot pattern data, including the printing dot pattern for character and the number of pulses applied and so on, as it is the amount of energy for each dot is formed. 热头10根据存储在打印缓冲器中的点图案数据执行点打印。 The thermal print head 10 based on the dot pattern stored in the print buffer data execution points. 其它存储区域存储在各种计算中获得的数据等。 Other storage areas store data obtained in various calculations and the like.

[0097]输入/输出接口411分别连接到臂检测开关210A到210E、键盘3、具有视频RAM(图中未示出)以将显示数据输出到显示器(IXD)5的液晶驱动电路〇XDC)405、驱动热头10的驱动电路406、驱动带供给马达23的驱动电路407、驱动裁切马达24的驱动电路408等。 [0097] Input / output interface 411 are connected to the arm detecting switches 210A to 210E, the keyboard 3, having a video RAM (not shown) was operated to output display data to the display (IXD) liquid crystal drive circuit 5 〇XDC) 405 driving the thermal head 10 of the drive circuit 406, the drive motor 23 is supplied with a drive circuit 407 to drive the CD Qiema Da driving circuit 40824 and the like.

[0098] 下面将参考图2到图6和图10到图18说明根据本发明实施例的带盒30的结构。 [0098] below with reference to FIGS. 2 to 6 and 10 to 18 illustrates the structure of the tape cartridge according to an embodiment of the present invention 30. 下文中,将构造为通用盒的带盒30作为例子进行说明。 Hereinafter, the cartridge configured as a general purpose tape cassette 30 will be described as an example. 作为通用盒,通过适当更换将安装在带盒30中的带的类型和通过改变墨带的有无等,带盒30可以装配为上面已经说明的热型、接收器式和层叠式。 As a general case, by an appropriate replacement will be installed in the tape cassette 30 and by changing the type of belt or without ink ribbon, etc., the tape cassette 30 can be assembled as described above has been hot, the receiver type and stacked.

[0099] 图2和图10到图15是关于带盒30的图,其中带的宽度(下文中称为带宽度)等于或大于预定宽度(例如18mm)(下文中称为宽幅带盒30)。 [0099] FIG. 2 to FIG. 15 and FIG. 10 is a diagram regarding the tape cassette 30, wherein the width of the tape (hereinafter referred to as width) is equal to or larger than a predetermined width (e.g., 18mm) (hereinafter referred to as wide tape cassette 30 ). 更具体地,图2和图10到图15中指示的宽幅带盒30装配为层叠式盒(参考图3和图4),包括墨颜色不同于黑色(例如:红色)的墨带60,带的宽度为36mm。 More specifically, FIG. 2 and FIG. 10 to FIG. 15 indicates the wide tape cassette 30 is assembled stacked cassette (refer to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4), includes an ink color other than black (for example: red) ink ribbon 60, with a width of 36mm. 另一方面,图16到图18是关于带盒30的图,其中带宽度小于预定宽度(下文中称为窄幅带盒30)。 On the other hand, FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 with regard to the tape cassette of Figure 30, wherein the width is less than the predetermined width (hereinafter referred to as a narrow tape cassette 30). 更具体地,图16到图18中指示的窄幅带盒30装配为接收器式盒(参考图5),包括黑墨色墨带60,带宽度是12mm。 More specifically, a narrow ribbon cassette 30 is fitted in Figures 16 through 18 indicating the type of the receiver box (refer to FIG. 5), including a black ink of the ink ribbon 60, the width is 12mm.

[0100] 下文中,将说明带盒30的结构,主要用宽幅带盒30(参考图2和图10到图15)为例子。 The [0100] Hereinafter, the structure of the tape cassette 30, with the main wide tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 2 and FIG. 10 to FIG. 15) as an example. 但是,窄幅带盒30(参考图16到图18)的结构与宽幅带盒30的结构基本相同。 However, the structure of a narrow tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 16 to FIG. 18) is the same width tape cassette 30 is substantially the same.

[0101] 如图2和图10所示,带盒30包括盒壳体31,盒壳体是具有大致矩形平行六面体形状的壳体(类似箱的形状),在平面图中带有圆角部。 [0101] Figures 2 and 10, the tape cassette 30 includes a cassette case 31, the cartridge casing having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped-shaped housing (substantially box shape), with rounded corners in plan view. 盒壳体31包括下壳体31B和上壳体31A,下壳体31B包括盒壳体31的底面30B,上壳体31A包括盒壳体31的顶面30A。 Cartridge housing 31 includes a lower housing and an upper housing 31B 31A, 31B includes a lower housing 31 of the bottom surface of the cartridge casing 30B, 31A on the housing 31 includes a top surface of the cartridge housing 30A. 上壳体31A固定到下壳体31B的上部。 Fixed to the lower housing 31A on the upper part of the housing 31B.

[0102]当上壳体31A和下壳体31B相结合时,形成预定高度的侧面30C。 [0102] When the upper housing 31A and lower housing 31B combined to form a predetermined height of the side 30C. 侧面30C沿着顶面30A和底面30B的周边在顶面30A和底面30B之间延伸。 30C along the perimeter of the top surface side and bottom 30A and 30B between the top surface 30A and bottom 30B extend. 换言之,盒壳体31是具有顶面30A和底面30B以及侧面30C的箱形壳体,顶面30A和底面30B是一对沿竖直方向彼此对置的矩形平坦表面,侧面30C(在本实施例中,通过前表面、后表面、左侧面和右侧面的四个面形成)具有预定高度且沿顶面30A和底面30B的周边延伸。 In other words, the cartridge housing 31 having a top surface and a bottom surface 30A 30B and 30C of the side of a box-shaped casing, the top and bottom surfaces 30A 30B are a pair of vertical direction of the rectangular flat surface opposed to each other, side 30C (in the present embodiment example, through the front surface, a rear surface, the left side and the right side of the four sides formed) having a predetermined height and extends along the periphery of the top surface 30A and bottom 30B.

[0103]在盒壳体31中,顶面30A和底面30B的周边可以不必须被侧面30C完全包围。 [0103] In the cartridge case 31, the periphery of the top surface 30A and the bottom surface 30B may not have to be completely surrounded by the side 30C. 侧面30C的一部分(例如后表面)可包括将盒壳体31内部露出到外部的孔口。 A part (e.g., rear face) side surface 30C may include an internal cartridge housing 31 exposed to the outside of the orifice. 此外,连接顶面30A 和底面30B的凸台设置在面对孔口的位置。 In addition, connecting the top and bottom surfaces 30A and 30B provided in the face of the boss opening position. 在下面的说明中,从底面30B到顶面30A的距离(竖直方向的长度)被称为带盒30的高度或盒壳体31的高度。 In the following description, from the bottom surface 30B to the top surface 30A of the distance (the length in the vertical direction) it is referred to the height of the tape cassette or cartridge 31 of the housing 30 of the height. 在本实施例中,盒壳体31的竖直方向(即,顶面30A和底面30B彼此对置的方向)大致相应于带盒30的插入和拆除方向。 Example, the vertical direction of the cartridge case 31 (ie, the top surface 30A and the bottom surface 30B opposite directions to each other) in the present embodiment substantially corresponds to the tape cartridge insertion and removal direction 30. [0104]盒壳体31具有宽度相同的角部32A(在竖直方向上长度相同),其与带盒30的类型无关。 [0104] cartridge case 31 having the same width as the corner portions. 32A (the same length in the vertical direction), which is independent of the type of the tape cassette 30. 角部32A每个沿向外方向突出并且当在平面图看时形成直角。 Each corner portion 32A outward projecting direction and form a right angle when viewed in plan. 但是,在平面图中下左角部32A不形成直角,因为带排出部49设置在该角中。 However, in a plan view of the lower left corner portion 32A does not form a right angle, as the angle 49 is provided in the tape discharge portion. 当带盒30安装在盒收容部8时,角部32A的下表面与盒收容部8内部的上述盒支撑部8B对置。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the cassette support portion 8B corner portion of the lower surface of the cassette housing portion 8 inside 32A opposed.

[0105] 盒壳体31包括被称为共用部32的部分。 [0105] 31 includes a cartridge housing portion 32 is known as shared. 共用部32包括角部32A并且沿着侧面30C在与角部32A在盒壳体31的竖直(高度)方向上相同的位置包围盒壳体31,并且具有与角部32A 相同的宽度。 The common portion 32 includes a side surface along the corner portions 32A and 30C at the corner portions 32A in the vertical (height) direction of the cassette case 31 of the same position surrounding the cartridge housing 31, and has the same width as the corner portions 32A. 更具体地,共用部32是在竖直方向上相对于盒壳体31的竖直(高度)方向的中心线具有对称形状的部分。 More specifically, the common portion 32 is a portion in the vertical direction with respect to the vertical (height) direction of the centerline of the cartridge case 31 having a symmetrical shape.

[0106]带盒30的高度依据安装在盒壳体31中的带(热敏纸带55、打印带57、双面胶带58、 薄膜带59等)的宽度而不同。 [0106] based on the height of the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cartridge case 31 in the width of the tape (heat-sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57, the double-sided adhesive tape 58, the film tape 59, etc.) to another. 但是共用部32的高度(宽度T)设置为相同,其与带盒30的带的宽度无关。 However, the height (width T) of the common portion 32 is set to the same regardless of the width of the tape cassette 30.

[0107] 例如,当共用部32的宽度T是12mm时,随着带盒30的带的宽度变大(例如18mm、 24mm、36mm)时,盒壳体31的高度相应地变大,但是共用部32的宽度T保持恒定。 [0107] For example, when the width T of the common portion 32 is 12mm, the width of the tape cassette with the tape 30 becomes large (e.g., 18mm, 24mm, 36mm), the height of the cassette case 31 becomes accordingly large, but the common the width of the portion 32 of the T remains constant. 如果带盒30 的带的宽度等于或小于共用部32的宽度T(例如6mm、12mm),盒壳体31的高度是共用部32的宽度T(12mm)加上预定宽度。 If the width of the tape cassette 30 is equal or less than the width of the common portion of the T 32 (e.g. 6mm, 12mm), the height of the cassette case 31 is the width of the common portion of the T 32 (12mm) plus a predetermined width. 在这种情况下盒壳体31的高度最小。 In this case, the minimum height of the cassette case 31.

[0108] 如图2、图10和图11所示,上壳体31A和下壳体31B分别具有支撑孔65A、66A和67A和支撑孔65B、66B和67B(参考图12),它们分别可旋转地支撑第一带卷轴40、第二带卷轴41和墨带卷取卷轴44,其将在后面说明。 [0108] FIG. 2, 10 and 11, the upper housing 31A and the lower case 31B respectively have support holes 65A, 66A and 67A and support holes 65B, 66B and 67B (refer to FIG. 12), which are available rotatably supporting the first tape spool 40, a second tape spool 41 and the ribbon take-up spool 44, which will be described later.

[0109]在图3和图4中示出的层叠式带盒30的情况下,三种类型的带卷安装在盒壳体31 中,即,缠绕在第一带卷轴40上的双面胶带58、缠绕在第二带卷轴41上的薄膜带59,和缠绕在墨带卷轴42上的墨带60。 [0109] In Figures 3 and 4 below shows the stacked tape cassette 30, three types of coils mounted in the cartridge case 31, that is, wound on the first tape spool 40 double-sided tape Mexico 58, wound on the second tape spool 41 of the film tape 59, and wound on a ribbon spool 42 of tape 60. 第一带卷轴40通过支撑孔65A和65B可旋转地支撑,其中双面胶带58以剥离纸面向外地方式缠绕在第一带卷轴40上。 The first tape spool 40 by the support holes 65A and 65B are rotatably supported, wherein the double-sided adhesive tape with release paper 58 field-oriented manner wound on the first tape spool 40. 其上缠绕薄膜带59的第二带卷轴41通过支撑孔66A和66B可旋转地支撑。 The film tape 59 is wound on a second tape spool 66A and 66B hole 41 rotatably supported by the support. 另外,缠绕在墨带卷轴42上的墨带60可旋转地位于盒壳体31中。 Further, the ink ribbon wound on the spool 42 of the ink ribbon cassette 60 is rotatably positioned in the housing 31.

[0110] 在盒壳体31中,在第一带卷轴40和墨带卷轴42之间,墨带卷取卷轴44通过支撑孔67A和67B可旋转地支撑。 [0110] In the case of the housing 31, between the first tape spool 40 and the ribbon spool 42, the ribbon take-up spool 44 by the support holes 67A and 67B are rotatably supported. 墨带卷取卷轴44从墨带卷轴42拉出墨带60,并且卷取已用过的打印字符的墨带60。 Ribbon take-up spool 44 from the ribbon spool 42 Pull out the ink ribbon 60, and the ink take-up has been used with 60 printing characters. 离合器弹簧(图中未示出)附连到墨带卷取卷轴44的下部以防止卷取的墨带60由于墨带卷取轴44的倒转而松开。 Clutch spring (not shown) is attached to the lower portion of the ribbon take-up spool 44 to prevent the winding of the ink ribbon 60 due to the reversal of the ribbon take-up shaft 44 and release.

[0111] 在图5中示出的接收器式带盒30的情况下,两种类型的带卷安装在盒壳体31中, 即,缠绕在第一带卷轴40上的打印带57和缠绕在墨带卷轴42上的墨带60。 [0111] In Figure 5 below shows the receiver-type tape cassette 30, two types of coils mounted in the cartridge case 31, that is, wound on the first tape spool 40 and the print tape 57 is wound on the ribbon spool 42 of the ink ribbon 60. 接收器式带盒30 不包括第二带卷轴41。 Receptor type tape cassette 30 does not include the second tape spool 41.

[0112] 在图6中示出的热型带盒30的情况下,仅一种类型的带卷安装在盒壳体31中,即, 缠绕在第一带卷轴40上的热敏纸带55。 [0112] In FIG. 6 shows the thermal type tape cassette 30, only one type of tape roll mounted in the cartridge case 31, that is, wound on the first tape spool 40 heat-sensitive paper tape 55 . 热型带盒30不包括第二带卷轴41和墨带卷轴42。 Hot type tape cassette 30 does not include the second tape spool 41 and the ribbon spool 42.

[0113] 如图2所示,在平面图中具有半圆形状的半圆形槽34K设置在盒壳体31的前表面, 并且在盒壳体31的整个高度上延伸(换言之,从顶面30A延伸到底面30B)。 [0113] 2, the semi-circular groove having a semicircular shape in plan 34K disposed on the front surface of the cartridge case 31, and extends (in other words the entire height of the cassette case 31, extending from the top surface 30A in the end surface 30B). 半圆形槽34K是作为防止当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时轴支撑件12A和盒壳体31之间干涉的凹部。 As a semi-circular groove 34K is prevented when the tape cassette 30 is installed in the recessed portion of the interference between the cassette accommodating section 31 when the shaft support member 8 and the cartridge housing 12A. 轴支撑件12A是压板保持器12的旋转中心。 Shaft support 12A is the center of rotation of the platen holder 12. 在盒壳体31的前表面上,从半圆形槽34K向左伸展的部分(更具体地,将在后面描述的外壁34B)被称为臂前表面35。 On the front surface of the cartridge case 31, extending from the left part of the semi-circular groove 34K (more specifically, the outer wall will be described later 34B) of the arm front surface 35 is referred to. 通过臂前表面35和臂后表面37限定且从带盒30的右前部向左延伸的部分被称为臂部34。 By defining the arm front surface 35 and rear surface 37 and the arm extending from the front right portion of the tape cassette 30 it is called the left arm portion 34. 臂后表面37分开地设置在臂前表面35的后面,且在盒壳体31的整个高度上延伸。 Rear surface of the arm 37 are separately provided at the back of the arm front surface 35 and extends over the entire height of the cassette case 31.

[0114] 将参考图12说明在臂部34中引导作为打印介质的带(例如:热敏纸带55、打印带57、薄膜带59)和墨带60的结构。 [0114] will be explained with reference to FIG. 12 to guide a print medium tape in the arm portion 34 (e.g.: sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57, the film tape 59) and the ink ribbon 60 of the structure. 下壳体31B的形成臂部34的部分包括外壁34B、内壁34C和分隔壁34D。 31B formed part of the arm portion 34 of the lower housing includes an outer wall 34B, 34C and the inner wall of the partition wall 34D. 外壁34B形成下壳体31B的臂前表面35的一部分。 34B forming a part of the outer wall 35 of the front surface of the lower case 31B of the arm. 内壁34C比外壁34B高,且具有与墨带60宽度(下文中称为墨带宽度)大致相同的高度。 34C higher than the inner wall of the outer wall 34B, and has a height and width of the ink ribbon 60 (hereinafter referred to as ink width) is substantially the same. 内壁34C形成下壳体31B的臂后表面37 的一部分。 The inner wall 34C forms part of the rear surface 37 of the lower housing 31B arm. 分隔壁34D在外壁34B和内壁34C之间竖立,且具有与内壁34C相同的高度。 34D partition wall between the outer wall and the inner wall 34B erected 34C, and 34C with the inner wall having the same height.

[0115] 一对引导调整件34E形成在分隔壁34D两侧的下边缘。 [0115] a pair of guide adjustment member 34E formed at the lower edge of both sides of the partition wall 34D. 引导销34G设置在下壳体31B 的臂部34中的分隔壁34D的上游侧(图12中的右侧)。 The guide pin 34G provided on the upstream side of the lower case of the arm portion 34 31B 34D of the partition wall (the right side in FIG. 12). 引导调整件34F设置在引导销34G的下边缘。 Guide adjustment member 34F provided at the lower edge of the guide pin 34G. 相配成一对的引导调整件34H设置在上壳体31A的形成臂部34的部分,分别相应于设置在分隔壁34D的两侧的下边缘上的一对引导调整件34E。 A pair of mating guide adjustment member 34H is disposed on the housing portion 31A is formed in the arm portion 34, respectively corresponding to the pair of guide adjustment member disposed on the lower edge of both sides of the partition wall 34D of 34E. 臂前表面35的前端向后弯曲,沿竖直方向延伸的出口34A形成在臂前表面35和臂后表面37的左端。 The curved distal end of the arm front surface 35 rearwardly, extends in the vertical direction is formed at the left end of the exit 34A of the arm front surface 35 and rear surface 37 of the arm.

[0116] 当上壳体31A和下壳体31B结合以形成盒壳体31时,带供给路径和墨带供给路径形成在臂部34内部。 When [0116] When the upper housing 31A and lower housing 31B combine to form a cassette case 31, with a supply path and the ink ribbon supply path 34 is formed inside the arm. 带供给路径用外壁34B、分隔壁34D和引导销34G引导作为打印介质的带(在图12中,薄膜带59)。 Strip feed path with an outer wall 34B, the partition wall 34D and the guide pin 34G guiding a print medium tape (in FIG. 12, the film tape 59). 墨带供给路径用内壁34C和分隔壁34D引导墨带60。 The ink ribbon feed path with the inner wall of the partition wall 34C and 34D guide the ink ribbon 60.

[0117] 虽然薄膜带59的下边缘通过引导调整件34F调整,但薄膜带59的方向通过引导销34G改变。 [0117] Although the direction of the lower edge of the film tape 59 by the guide member 34F adjustment adjustment, but the film tape 59 by the guide pin 34G changed. 薄膜带59被进一步供给,同时通过分隔壁34D下边缘上的每个引导调整件34E和上壳体31A的每个引导调整件34H合作在带宽度方向进行调整。 The film tape 59 is further fed while adjusting by each guide member 34D at the edge of the partition wall on each adjustment guide member 34E and 34H to cooperate on the housing 31A can be adjusted in the width direction. 以这种方式,薄膜带59在臂部34内部在外壁34B和分隔壁34D之间引导和供给。 In this manner, the film tape 59 in the inside of the arm 34 between the outer wall and the partition wall 34B and 34D guide the supply.

[0118] 墨带60通过具有与墨带宽度大致相同宽度的分隔壁34D和内壁34C引导,并且由此被在臂部34内部在内壁34C和分隔壁34D之间引导和供给。 [0118] By having the ink ribbon 60 and the inner wall of the partition wall 34D substantially the same width as the width of the ink guide 34C, and is thus between the inner wall 34C and 34D boot partition wall 34 inside the arm and supply. 在臂部34中,墨带60在墨带宽度方向上通过上壳体31A的底面和下壳体31B的顶面调整。 The arm portion 34, the ink ribbon 60 in the width direction of the ink through the bottom surface of the housing 31A and 31B at the top surface of the housing adjustment. 然后,在薄膜带59和墨带60沿每个供给路径被引导时,薄膜带59和墨带60在出口34A处结合在一起并且排出到头插入部39 (更具体地,开口77,其将在后面被描述)。 Then, when the film tape 59 and the ink ribbon 60 is guided along each feed path, the film tape 59 and the ink ribbon 60 bonded together at the exit 34A and discharged to the head insertion portion 39 (more specifically, an opening 77, which will be later described).

[0119] 利用上述结构,带供给路径和墨带供给路径在臂部34内部形成通过分隔壁34D隔开的不同供给路径。 [0119] With the above structure, with the supply path and the supply path in the ink ribbon 34 inside the arm portion 34D are separated by a partition wall formed of a different supply path. 因此,薄膜带59和墨带60可以可靠地且独立地在分别相应于带宽度和墨带宽度的每个供给路径内引导。 Thus, the film tape 59 and the ink ribbon 60 can be reliably and independently in a respectively corresponding to the width and the width of each ink supply route guidance.

[0120] 尽管图12示出层叠式带盒30(参考图3和图4)的例子,其它类型的带盒30的臂部34 也类似。 [0120] Although FIG. 12 shows a stacked type tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4) of example, other types of tape cassette 30 of the arm portion 34 is also similar. 具体地,在接收器式带盒30(参考图5)中,打印带57被沿着带供给路径引导和供给, 同时墨带60被沿着墨带供给路径引导和供给。 Specifically, in the receptor type tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 5), the print tape 57 is guided and fed along the tape feed path, while the ink ribbon 60 is guided along the feed path and ink ribbon supply. 在热型带盒30(参考图6)中,热敏纸带55被沿着带供给路径引导和供给,同时不用墨带供给路径。 Thermal type tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 6), a heat-sensitive paper tape 55 is guided and fed along the tape feed path, while the ribbon feed path not.

[0121] 此外,如图12所示,臂指示器部800和锁定孔820设置在臂前表面35。 [0121] In addition, as shown in Figure 12, the arm indicator portion 800 and the locking hole 820 provided in the arm front surface 35. 臂指示器部800是使人可以识别包括在带盒30中的带类型的部分。 It is to make the arm indicator portion 800 may be included in the tape cassette 30 to identify the type of the tape portion. 另外,臂指示器部800通过选择性地按压设置在带式打印机1的压板保持器12上的臂检测开关210(参考图3到图5)允许带式打印机1检测带类型。 In addition, the arm indicator portion 800 provided on the platen presses the tape printer 1 on the holder arm 12 by selectively detecting switch 210 (refer to FIG. 3 to FIG. 5) allows the tape printer 1 detects the type of the tape. 锁定孔820是当利用臂指示器部800视觉识别带类型时用作参考点来识别位置的部分。 Locking hole 820 when the use of the arm indicator portion 800 visual identification band type is used as a reference point to identify the location of parts. 另外,锁定孔820是设置在压板保持器12上的锁定件225可以插入的孔。 In addition, the locking hole 820 is provided on the platen holder 12. The locking member 225 may be inserted into the holes. 将在后面详细描述包括臂指示器部800和锁定孔820的臂前表面35。 It will be described later in detail including the arm indicator portion 800 and the arm front surface 35 of the locking aperture 820.

[0122]在正视图中具有竖长矩形形状的通孔850设置在下壳体31B的臂前表面35,在臂指示器部800的左侧。 [0122] vertically long rectangular shape having a through hole 850 provided in the front view of the arm front surface of the lower housing 35 31B of the left side of the arm indicator portion 800. 通孔850设置为用于在盒壳体31的模制过程中的模具的排泄孔,没有任何特殊功能。 Through holes 850 provided for the drain holes in the die 31 of the cartridge housing molding process, without any special features.

[0123]如图3到图6所示,被臂后表面37和从臂后表面37连续延伸的周壁面包围的空间是头插入部39。 [0123] FIG. 3 to FIG. 6, the surface 37 and the peripheral wall surface of the space from the rear surface of the arm 37 extending continuously surrounded by the rear arm portion 39 is inserted into the head. 头插入部39在平面图中具有大致矩形形状,并且在竖直方向上穿透带盒30。 Head insertion portion 39 has a substantially rectangular shape in a plan view, and penetrate the tape cassette 30 in the vertical direction. 头插入部39位于盒壳体31前方。 Head insertion portion 39 is positioned in front of the cartridge housing 31. 头插入部39也在带盒30的前表面侧通过形成在带盒30前表面的开口77连接到外部。 Head insertion portion 39 is also the front surface side of the tape cassette 30 through the opening formed in the front surface of the tape cassette 77 is connected 30 to the external. 带式打印机1的支撑热头10的头保持器74可以插入头插入部39。 1 tape printer head 10 supporting the thermal head holder 74 can be inserted into the head insertion portion 39. 从臂部34的出口34A排出的带(热敏纸带55、打印带57、和薄膜带59之一)在开口77处露出到盒壳体31外部,在此处通过热头10执行打印。 Exit from the arm 34A 34 discharged band (thermal paper tape 55, the print tape 57, and one of the film tape 59) in the opening 77 is exposed to the outer box casing 31, where printing is performed by the thermal head 10.

[0124]支撑接收部设置在面对盒壳体31的头插入部39的位置。 [0124] support receiving portion provided in the cartridge case 31 facing the head insertion portion 39 in position. 支撑接收部用于当带盒30 安装在带式打印机1中时确定带盒30在竖直方向的位置。 A support unit for, when receiving the tape cassette 30 installed in the tape printer 30 determines the position of the tape cassette in the vertical direction. 在本实施例中,上游接收部39A在作为打印介质的带(热敏纸带55、打印带57或薄膜带59)的供给方向上设置在热头10的插入位置(更具体地,打印位置)的上游侧,下游接收部39B设置在下游侧。 In the present embodiment the feeding direction, the upstream reception portion 39A of the tape as a print medium (heat-sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57 or the film tape 59) is provided on the insertion position of the thermal head 10 (more specifically, the print position ) on the upstream side, a downstream reception portion 39B is provided on the downstream side. 支撑接收部39A和39B 在下文中共同称为头接收部39A和39B。 Support receiving portions 39A and 39B hereinafter jointly referred to as the head reception portions 39A and 39B.

[0125]当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时,头接收部39A和39B分别与设置在头保持器74上的头支撑部74A和74B(参考图2)接触,从而通过头支撑部74和74B从下面支撑。 [0125] When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the head reception portions 39A and 39B are respectively provided in the head holding the head support portion 74 on 74A and 74B (refer to FIG. 2) into contact, so that by the head support portions 74 and 74B support from below. 另外,在下壳体31B中,锁定部38设置在上游接收部39A和下游接收部39B之间的位置,面对头插入部39。 Further, the lower case 31B, the locking portion 38 is provided at a position between the upstream reception portion 39B and the downstream reception portion 39A, facing the head insertion portion 39. 锁定部38是在底视图中具有大致矩形形状的缺口(参考图11)。 The locking portion 38 is notched in a substantially rectangular shape having a bottom view (refer to FIG. 11). 当带盒30安装在盒收容部8 中时,锁定部38作为与盒挂钩75接合的部分。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the locking portion 38 as a hook 75 engaging with the cartridge parts.

[0126]当用户将带盒30插入盒收容部8中且向下推压带盒30时,带盒30的上游接收部39A 与设置在头保持器74上的上游支撑部74A进入接触,上游支撑部39A在向下方向上超过该点的运动受到限制。 [0126] When the tape cassette 30 is inserted into the user cassette housing portion 8 and pushes the tape cassette 30 downwards, the upstream reception portion 39A cassette 30 is provided with the head holder 74 on the upstream support portion 74A comes into contact with the upstream support portion 39A in the downward direction beyond this point the movement is restricted. 此外,带盒30的下游接收部39B与设置在头保持器74上的下游支撑部74B 进入接触,下游接收部39B在向下方向上超过该点的运动受到限制。 Further, the tape cassette and the downstream reception portion 39B of the head holder 30 disposed downstream of the support portion 74 comes into contact 74B, the downstream reception portion 39B in the downward direction of the movement over point is limited. 然后,带盒30被保持在头接收部39A和39B通过头支撑部74A和74B从下面支撑的状态。 Then, the tape cassette 30 is held in the head reception portions 39A and 39B by the head support portions 74A and 74B from below and supported state.

[0127]因此,在作为打印介质的带(热敏纸带55、打印带57或薄膜带59)上执行打印的热头10附近的位置,带盒30在竖直方向的定位可被精确执行。 [0127] Thus, the belt 10 in the vicinity of a print medium (heat-sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57 or the film tape 59) of the thermal print head position, the tape cassette 30 can be performed accurately positioned in a vertical direction . 然后,在竖直方向上热头10打印的中央位置可与带在带宽度方向上的中央位置精确匹配。 Then be accurately matched with the center position in the width direction in the vertical direction of the central position of the thermal head 10 to print. 特别地,在作为打印介质的带的供给方向上,带盒30被在相对于热头10的插入位置,更具体地,相对于打印位置的上游侧和下游侧支撑。 In particular, as the print medium in the feeding direction of the belt, the belt 30 is with respect to the insertion position of the thermal head 10, more specifically, with respect to the upstream and downstream side of the printing position of the cartridge support. 结果,可以特别精确地执行竖直方向的定位。 As a result, the positioning may be particularly accurately performed in the vertical direction. 因此,在竖直方向上热头10打印的中央位置和带宽度方向的中央位置可以彼此特别精确地匹配。 Therefore, the central location central location and width direction of the thermal print head 10 can be matched precisely especially in the vertical direction to each other.

[0128]另外,根据本实施例的带盒30的上游接收部39A和下游接收部39B从相互正交交叉的方向面对头插入部39。 [0128] Further, according to the present embodiment of the tape cassette receiving portion 39A of the upstream and the downstream reception portion 39B of the 30 orthogonal to each other in a direction intersecting the face of the head insertion portion 39. 作为凹入部的头接收部39A和39B被以在相互正交交叉方向延伸的头支撑部74和74B支撑。 As the head reception portions 39A and 39B are recessed portion in a head support portion in mutually orthogonal cross direction extending support 74 and 74B. 因此,带盒30的运动不仅在竖直方向上受到限制,而且也在左右方向和前后方向上受到限制。 Thus, the tape cassette 30 is not only limited movement in the vertical direction, but also about restrictions on the direction and the longitudinal direction. 结果,可以保持热头10和头插入部39之间适当的位置关系。 As a result, you can maintain the proper positional relationship between the thermal head 10 and the head insertion portion 39.

[0129]另外,如图3到图6所示,当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时,盒挂钩75与锁定部38接合。 [0129] Further, as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6, when the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, the cassette hook 75 engages with the locking portion 38. 因此,在带盒30安装到带式打印机1之后,带盒30的任何升高运动,即,带盒30在向上方向的运动可受到限制,从而可以稳定地执行带供给和打印。 Thus, the tape cassette 30 installed in the tape printer after 1, any rising movement of the tape cassette 30, i.e., movement of the tape cassette 30 in the upward direction may be restricted, so that the supply can be stably performed and the printing tape.

[0130]此外,如图11所示,销孔62和63设置在角部32A下表面的相应于带式打印机1的上述定位销102和103的两个位置。 [0130] Further, as shown, the pin holes 62 and 11 disposed at 63 32A corresponding to the lower surface of the tape printer 1 of the above-described positioning pins 102 and 103 positions of the two corners. 更具体地,定位销102插入其中的销孔62是设置在角部32A 的下表面中的缺口,在设置于盒壳体31的左前部(图11中的下右侧)的支撑孔64后方。 More specifically, the positioning pin 102 is inserted in the pin hole 62 in which the notch is provided on the lower surface of the corner portion 32A, provided at the left front portion of the cassette case 31 (lower right side in FIG. 11) of the rear support hole 64 . 注意带驱动辊46和一些其它组件在图11中未示出。 Note belt drive roller 46 and the other components in FIG. 11 is not shown. 定位销103插入其中的销孔63是设置在角部32A的下表面的缺口,在盒壳体31的右端的中央部分附近(图11中的左侧)。 Wherein the positioning pin 103 is inserted into the pin hole 63 is provided in the lower surface of the cutout of the corner portion 32A, the vicinity (left side in FIG. 11) in the central portion of the right end of the cartridge case 31.

[0131]在带盒30竖直(高度)方向上,销孔62及63的位置和收容在盒壳体31中作为打印介质的薄膜带59的竖直方向上的中央位置之间的距离恒定,其与带盒30的带类型(例如,带宽度)无关。 [0131] In the tape cassette 30 in the vertical (height) direction, the position of the pin holes 62 and 63 and housed in the cartridge housing 31 from the central position as the vertical direction of the print medium on the film tape 59 between the constant which has nothing to do with the tape cassette 30 with type (for example, width). 换言之,即使当带盒30的高度不同时该距离也保持恒定。 In other words, even when the height of the tape cassette 30 is not at the same time the distance is kept constant.

[0132]如图2到图6所示,一对在竖直方向匹配的调整构件36在带供给方向上设置在头插入部39的下游侧。 [0132] FIG. 2 to FIG. 6, one pair in the vertical direction matches the adjustment member 36 in the tape feeding direction downstream side of the head insertion portion 39. 调整构件36的基部在竖直方向(带宽度方向)上调整打印的薄膜带59,并且将打印的薄膜带59朝向在热头10下游侧的带排出部49引导。 49 with the guide portion of the base member 36 is adjusted to adjust the printing in the vertical direction (width direction) on the film tape 59 and the film tape 59 toward the print head 10 on the downstream side of the thermal discharge. 同时,调整构件36适当地将薄膜带59和双面胶带58粘合在一起,没有任何位置的移位。 At the same time, the adjustment member 36 appropriately film tape 59 and the double-sided adhesive tape 58 bonded together, no position shift.

[0133]引导壁47在调整构件36附近竖立。 [0133] The guide wall 47 in the vicinity of the adjustment member 36 erected. 引导壁47将已经经由头插入部39供给的用过的墨带60与薄膜带59分离,将用过的墨带60朝向墨带卷取卷轴44引导。 The used ink guide wall 47 has been inserted through the head portion 39 is supplied with the film tape 60 and 59 separated from the used ink ribbon 60 toward the ribbon take-up spool 44 guide. 分离壁48在引导壁47 和墨带卷取卷轴44之间竖立。 Separating wall 48 between the guide wall 47 and the ink ribbon take-up reel 44 upright. 分离壁48防止沿引导壁47引导的用过的墨带60和缠绕在第一带卷轴40上且由其支撑的双面胶带58相互接触。 Ink used to prevent the separation wall 48 along the guide wall 47 and the guide tape 60 wound on the first tape spool 40 and is supported by 58 double-sided tape contact with each other.

[0134]支撑孔64(参考图11)在带供给方向上设置在调整构件36的下游侧,带驱动辊46可旋转地支撑在支撑孔64内部。 [0134] supporting hole 64 (refer to FIG. 11) in the tape feed direction is disposed on the downstream side of the adjustment member 36, the tape drive roller 46 is rotatably supported in the supporting hole 64 inside. 在图3和图4中示出的层叠式带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时,带驱动辊46通过与对置的可动供给辊14协作移动,从第二带卷轴41拉出薄膜带59。 When shown stacked tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 in Figures 3 and 4, the belt drive roller 46 and the counter 14 by moving the movable feed roller collaboration, pulled out from the second tape spool 41 films with 59. 同时,带驱动辊46从第一带卷轴40拉出双面胶带58,然后将双面胶带58引导到薄膜带59的打印面从而使它们粘合在一起,然后它们作为打印的带50被朝向带排出部49供给。 Meanwhile, the belt drive roller 46 pulled out from the first tape spool 40 double-sided tape 58, the double-sided adhesive tape 58 is then guided to the printed surface of the film tape 59 so that they are bonded together, and then the print tape 50 as they are toward the 49 is supplied with a discharge portion.

[0135]在图5示出的接收器式带盒30安装在盒收容部8中的情况下,打印带57通过与可动供给辊14协作移动的带驱动辊46被从第一带卷轴40拉出。 The case of [0135] Formula receiver illustrated tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 in FIG. 5, the print tape 57 by moving the belt 14 in collaboration with the movable feed roller 46 is drive roller 40 from the first tape spool out. 在热头10的下游侧,打印的打印带57, 即,打印的带50通过调整构件36的基部在竖直方向(带宽度方向)上调整,并且被朝向带排出部49引导。 In the downstream side of the thermal head 10, the printed print tape 57, i.e., the print tape 50 by adjusting the base member 36 is adjusted in the vertical direction (width direction), and is guided toward the tape discharge portion 49. 另外,已经经由头插入部39供给的用过的墨带60通过引导壁47与打印带57分离,并且朝向墨带卷取卷轴44引导。 The ink used in addition, it has been inserted through the head portion 39 is supplied with a 6047 Separation and print tape 57 by the guide wall, and toward the ribbon take-up spool 44 guide.

[0136]在图6示出的热型带盒30被安装的情况下,热敏纸带55通过与可动供给辊14协作移动的带驱动辊46被从第一带卷轴40拉出。 [0136] In the case of Figure 6 shows the thermal type tape cassette 30 is mounted, heat-sensitive paper tape 55 through 14 and the movable feed roller collaboration moving belt drive roller 46 is pulled out from the first tape spool 40. 在热头10下游侧,打印的热敏纸带55,即,打印的带50通过调整构件36的基部在竖直方向(带宽度方向)上调整,并且被朝向带排出部49引导。 In the downstream side of the thermal head 10, the heat-sensitive printing tape 55, i.e., the print tape 50 by adjusting the base member 36 is adjusted in the vertical direction (width direction), and is guided toward the tape discharge portion 49.

[0137]带排出部49是在顶面30A和底面30B之间延伸的板状构件,并且与盒壳体31的左侧面的前端略微分离。 [0137] tape discharge portion 49 is a plate-like member between the top surface 30A and the bottom surface 30B extending and slightly separated from the front end of the left side surface of the cartridge case 31. 带排出部49引导打印的带50进入在带排出部49和下壳体31B的左侧面的前端之间形成的通道,该打印的带已经经由调整构件36和带驱动辊46供给,并且带排出部49从通道下游端的带排出口排出打印的带50。 Tape discharge portion 49 of the print tape guide 50 into the passage between the front and the left side surface of the lower housing 49 with a discharge portion 31B is formed with the already printed via the adjusting member 36 and the belt drive roller 46 is supplied, and with discharging the tape discharge portion 49 is discharged from the downstream end of the outlet channel 50 of the printing tape.

[0138] 将在下面参考图12到图18详细描述包括臂指示器部800和锁定孔820的臂前表面35的结构和功能。 [0138] below with reference to FIG. 12 to FIG. 18 described in detail including the arm indicator portion 800 and the structure and function of the arm front surface 35 of the locking hole 820.

[0139]如上所述,根据本发明实施例的带盒30构造成使得当人们在带盒30未安装到带式打印机1的状态下单独看带盒30时,通过视觉检查臂指示器部800人们可以识别安装在带盒30中的带的类型。 [0139] As described above, according to the tape cassette 30 is configured embodiment of the present invention is such that when the tape cassette 30 people in the state of the tape printer 1 is not installed to watch the tape cassette 30 alone, by visual inspection arm indicator portion 800 One can identify the tape type of the tape cassette 30 installed in the. 另外,带盒30构造成使得当带盒30安装在带式打印机1的盒收容部8中时, 带式打印机1通过利用臂检测部200检测由臂指示器部800指示的信息可以识别带的类型。 In addition, the tape cassette 30 is configured such that when the tape cassette 30 is installed in the tape printer when the cassette housing portion 8, 1, 1 tape printer by using the arm detection portion 200 detects the information indicating the arm indicator portion 800 can be identified with the Types of. 首先,将描述包括在臂前表面35中的区域以及这些区域中的结构。 First, description will include these regions, and the region in the structure of the front surface 35 of the arm.

[0140] 如图13所示,臂前表面35包括特定区域R0。 [0140] 13, the arm front surface 35 includes a particular region R0. 特定区域R0邻近出口34A且在带供给方向上位于出口34A的上游侧。 R0 specific area adjacent to the outlet 34A and is located on the upstream side of the exit 34A in the tape feed direction. 出口34A是在其中作为打印介质的带(热敏纸带55、打印带57、 和薄膜带59之一)从臂部34排出的部分。 Exit 34A is a band in which the print medium (heat-sensitive paper tape 55, the print tape 57, and one of the film tape 59) is discharged from the arm portion 34.

[0141] 特定区域R0在左右方向的长度限定为等于或小于臂部34的出口34A和带排出部49 之间的距离L0。 Specific region [0141] R0 length in the lateral direction is defined as equal to or less than the export arm 34A 34 and the distance L0 between the tape discharge portion 49. 在出口34A和带排出部49之间,从出口34A排出的带以带的表面露出到前侧的方式朝向带排出部49供给。 Between the outlet 34A and the tape discharge portion 49, discharged from the outlet 34A of the tape to expose the surface of the tape to the front side of the way toward the tape discharge portion 49 is supplied. 因此,距离L0等同于带露出长度,即,露出的带的长度。 Accordingly, the distance L0 is equivalent to the length of the exposed tape, i.e., the exposed length of the strip. 在本实施例中,从出口34A延伸到半圆形槽34K的左端的整个臂前表面35是特定区域R0。 In the present embodiment, the outlet from the entire arm 34A extends to the front of the semi-circular groove 34K is the left end surface 35 is an area R0.

[0142]特定区域R0包括其中形成锁定孔820的第一区域R1和不同于第一区域R1且包括臂指示器部800的第二区域R2。 [0142] wherein the specific area R0 includes a first region R1 and the locking formation is different from the first region R1 of the hole 820 and includes the arm indicator portion 800 of the second region R2. 将在下面以第二区域R2和第一区域R1的顺序描述每个区域。 In the following order in the second region R2 and the description of the first region R1 of each region.

[0143]如图14所示,第二区域R2包括多个竖向信息部分X和多个横向信息部分Y。 [0143] shown in Figure 14, the second area R2 includes a plurality of vertical information section and a plurality of lateral information section X Y. 多个竖向信息部分X形成为沿与带供给方向正交的方向(图14中的上下方向)延伸的多个带状部分。 A plurality of vertical information section is formed along the X direction and the tape feeding direction orthogonal (the vertical direction in FIG. 14) a plurality of strip portions extending. 多个横向信息部分Y形成为与带供给方向平行的方向(图14中的左右方向)延伸的多个带状部分。 A plurality of lateral information section Y is formed with a plurality of strip portions with a direction parallel to the feeding direction (lateral direction in FIG. 14) extends.

[0144]在图14中示范性示出的根据本发明实施例的竖向信息部分X包括五个竖向信息部分XI到X5。 [0144] In FIG. 14 illustrates an exemplary embodiment according to the present invention comprises a vertical information section X XI to five vertical information section X5. 竖向信息部分XI到X5在离开臂部34的出口34A的一定间隔处布置,也在正视图中从左侧到右侧以相等间隔布置。 Vertical information section X5 XI to the left arm of the outlet 34A 34 arranged at regular intervals, but also the front view from the left to the right to equally spaced. 在竖向信息部分XI到X5中,竖向信息部分XI位于带供给方向的最下游侧(即,最左侧)。 In the vertical information section XI to the X5, the vertical information section XI located at the downstream side in the tape feed direction (that is, the left side). 竖向信息部分X2、X3、X4和X5以该顺序从竖向信息部分X1朝向带供给方向的上游侧(即,右侧)布置。 Vertical information section X2, X3, X4, and X5 in this order toward the upstream side in the tape feed direction from the vertical information section X1 (i.e., the right side) is disposed. 竖向信息部分XI到X5的宽度(即,左右方向的长度)大致相同,竖向信息部分XI到X5中的相邻竖向信息部分以等间隔彼此相邻。 Vertical information section X5 XI to the width (ie, the length of the left-right direction) is substantially the same vertical information section X5 XI to adjacent vertical information section next to each other at equal intervals.

[0145]在图14中示范性示出的根据本发明实施例的横向信息部分Y包括三个横向信息部分Y1到Y3。 [0145] transverse information section in FIG. 14 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the invention according to the Y comprises three lateral information section Y1 to Y3. 横向信息部分Y1到Y3在正视图中从上侧朝向下侧成排设置。 Lateral information section Y1 to Y3 in the front view from the upper side toward the lower side in a row set. 在横向信息Y1到Y3 中,横向信息Y1设置在最上侧。 In the lateral information Y1 to Y3, the lateral information provided on the upper side Y1. 横向信息Y1在竖直方向的中心位于臂前表面35的高度的大致中心位置。 Information lateral direction Y1 located in the center of the vertical height of the approximate center of the arm front surface 35. 横向信息部分Y2和Y3以该顺序从横向信息部分Y1朝向下侧布置。 Lateral information section Y2 and Y3 in this order from the lateral information section Y1 toward the lower side of the arrangement. 横向信息部分Y1到Y3的宽度(即,竖直方向的长度)大致相同,横向信息部分Y1到Y3中的相邻横向信息部分以大致等间隔彼此相邻。 Lateral information section width (i.e., length of the vertical direction) substantially the same Yl to Y3, the lateral information section Y3 Yl information to a neighboring lateral portions adjacent to each other at substantially regular intervals.

[0146] 此外,如图15和图18所示,在根据本实施例的横向信息部分Y1到Y3中,在较上侧的横向信息部分Y1和Y2设置在臂前表面35的预定高度(下文中称为预定高度)T1内。 [0146] In addition, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 18, in the transverse information section of this embodiment Y1 to Y3, and at a predetermined height in the arm front surface 35 (lower than the upper side of the lateral information section Y1 and Y2 is set hereinafter referred to as a predetermined height) within T1. 在下面的描述中,臂前表面35的预定高度T1范围内的区域被称为共用指示器部831。 In the following description, the predetermined region within the range of the height T1 of the arm front surface 35 is referred to as a common indicator portion 831. 优选地,该共用指示器部831是在竖直方向上相对于盒壳体31在竖直方向上的中心线N对称的区域。 Preferably, the common indicator portion 831 in the vertical direction with respect to the centerline of the cartridge housing 31 in the vertical direction is N region symmetrical. 同时, 共用指示器部831外侧且在臂前表面35的预定高度T2(T2>T1)范围内的区域被称为扩展部832〇 At the same time, the common indicator portion 831 and the outside at a predetermined height of the arm front surface 35 T2 (T2> T1) is referred to as the area within the expanded portion 832〇

[0147] 共用指示器部831的预定高度T1是在具有不同带宽度的多种带盒30中盒壳体31的高度最小的带盒30的高度。 [0147] predetermined height T1 of the common indicator portion 831 in a variety of different width tape cassette in the cassette case 31 of the tape cassette 30 a minimum height of 30 height.

[0148]在图15中示出的宽幅带盒30中,在横向信息部分Y1到Y3中最下侧的横向信息部分Y3设置为横跨共用指示器部831和定位于共用指示器部831下方的扩展部832。 [0148] In FIG. 15 illustrates the wide tape cassette 30, the lateral information section Y1 to Y3, the lateral information section Y3 lowermost set of common indicators across portions 831 and 831 positioned in the common indicator portion extension portion 832 below. 在图18中示出的窄幅带盒30中,没有扩展部832,因为带盒30的高度等于共用指示器部831的预定高度T1。 In FIG. 18 illustrates a narrow tape cassette 30, section 832 does not extend, because the height of the tape cassette 30 is equal to the predetermined height T1 of the common indicator portion 831. 因此,在窄幅带盒30中,横向信息部分Y3沿共用指示器部831的下边缘(即,臂前表面35 的下边缘)设置,并且具有横向信息部分Y1和Y2的宽度的大致三分之一的宽度。 Thus, in the narrow tape cassette 30, the lower edge of the lateral information section Y3 along the common indicator portion 831 (i.e., the lower edge of the arm front surface 35) is provided, and the lateral information section having a width approximately one-third of Y1 and Y2 one width.

[0149]第二区域R2是当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时与带式打印机1的臂检测开关210对置的区域,并且包括指示带类型的臂指示器部800。 [0149] The second area R2 when the tape cassette 30 is installed at 210 opposed to the regional arm detection switch 1 cassette housing portion 8 with the tape printer, and includes an indication of the type with an arm indicator portion 800. 孔口形成在竖向信息部分XI到X5中的至少一个中。 Apertures formed in the vertical information section XI to at least one of X5. 根据带类型,预先确定哪个竖向信息部分XI到X5中包括孔口。 According to the type of band, which pre-determined vertical information section XI to X5 includes an aperture. 臂指示器部800是通过在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5中是否形成孔口的组合来指示带类型的部分。 The arm indicator portion 800 is formed by each of the vertical information section X5 XI to whether the aperture is formed with a combination to indicate the type of part. 人们能够通过视觉检查形成在臂指示器部800的竖向信息部分XI到X5中的孔口来识别带类型。 It can be formed by visual inspection information in the vertical portion of the arm indicator portion 800 of the opening XI to X5 to identify the tape type. 在竖向信息部分XI到X5如本实施例中那样以等间隔布置的情况下,即使在竖向信息部分XI到X5中存在未形成孔口的竖向信息部分,人们也能够容易地识别竖向信息部分XI到X5中的哪个竖向信息部分是没有孔口的竖向信息部分。 In the vertical information section XI to X5 as in this embodiment as in the case arranged at equal intervals, the vertical information section is not formed even if there are openings in the vertical information section XI to X5, people can easily identify vertical XI to the information part of the vertical information section X5 in which information is not part of the vertical aperture. 换言之,人们能够在视觉上无错地识别在竖向信息部分XI到X5中的哪个竖向信息部分中形成有孔口。 In other words, people can visually identify no error in the vertical information section XI to X5 in which the vertical information section is formed with an aperture.

[0150]对于每个竖向信息部分XI到X5,形成在竖向信息部分XI到X5中的孔口的竖向位置可以固定。 [0150] For each of the vertical information section XI to X5, formed in the vertical information section X5 XI to the opening of the vertical position can be fixed. 例如,在竖向信息部分XI到X5和横向信息部分Y1到Y3彼此交叉和重叠的多个区域(下文中称为重叠区域)中,在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5中的一个重叠区域可以固定为指示器。 For example, a plurality of regions in the vertical information section XI to X5 and the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 intersect and overlap each other (hereinafter referred to as the overlapping area), in each of the vertical information section X5 XI to a region of overlap the indicator may be fixed. 在这种情况下,可以基于在每个指示器中是否形成孔口的组合来识别带类型。 In this case, the combination is formed in each aperture indicator tape type may be identified based. 如果相应于带式打印机1的臂检测开关210的位置(参考图7)被确定为指示器,则不仅可以通过人们视觉检查来识别带类型,而且可以通过带式打印机1来识别。 If the tape printer corresponding to a position of the arm detecting switch 210 (refer to FIG. 7) is determined to be an indicator, not only by the visual inspection to identify the tape type, and can be identified by a tape printer.

[0151] 假定如此,在本实施例中,当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时分别与图7中示出的五个臂检测开关210A到210E对置的五个重叠区域固定为指示器800A到800E。 [0151] assumed that, in the present embodiment, when the tape cassette 30 is installed in five overlapping region 210A to 210E when the cassette housing portion 8, respectively, in Figure 7 shows the five arm detecting switch fixed to opposite directions device 800A to 800E. 更具体地,如图14所示,竖向信息部分XI和横向信息部分Y2彼此交叉和重叠的区域作为与臂检测开关210A 对置的指示器800A。 More specifically, as shown, cross each other and overlap region vertical information section XI and the lateral information section Y2 and arm detection switches 210A as opposed indicator 800A 14. 竖向信息部分X2和横向信息部分Y1彼此交叉和重叠的区域作为与臂检测开关210B对置的指示器800B。 Vertical information section X2 and the lateral information section Y1 intersect and overlap with each other as the region with the arm detection switch 210B opposed indicator 800B. 竖向信息部分X3和横向信息部分Y2彼此交叉和重叠的区域作为与臂检测开关210C对置的指示器800C。 Vertical information section X3 and the lateral information section Y2 intersect and overlap with each other as the region with the arm detecting switch 210C opposed indicator 800C. 竖向信息部分X4和横向信息部分Y1彼此交叉和重叠的区域作为与臂检测开关210D对置的指示器800D。 Vertical information section X4 and the lateral information section Y1 intersect and overlap with each other as the region with the arm detecting switch 210D opposed indicator 800D. 竖向信息部分X5和横向信息部分Y3 彼此交叉和重叠的区域作为与臂检测开关210E对置的指示器800E。 Vertical information section X5 and the lateral information section Y3 intersect and overlap with each other as the region with the arm detecting switch 210E opposed indicator 800E.

[0152] 以这种方式,在本实施例中在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5中布置一个指示器。 [0152] In this way, in this embodiment XI in each of the vertical information section X5 arranged to a pointer. 此外, 相邻竖向信息部分的指示器在左右方向彼此不成线性布置。 In addition, the vertical information section indicator adjacent to each other in the horizontal direction is not a linear arrangement. 换言之,指示器800A到800E呈曲折图案布置。 In other words, the indicators 800A to 800E arranged in a zigzag pattern. 当采用该布置时,即使所有相邻竖向信息部分的指示器都形成为孔口,竖向信息部分的指示器也能较容易地与相邻的竖向信息部分的指示器区分开。 When this arrangement, even if all the indicators of adjacent vertical information sections are formed as openings, vertical information section of the indicator can be more easily with adjacent vertical information section indicator zone separately.

[0153] 在图14中示出的例子中,孔口形成在指示器800A、800C和800D中。 [0153] In Figure 14, the example shown, the orifice formed in the indicators 800A, 800C and 800D in. 另一方面,指示器800B和800E是与臂前表面35处在同一平面的表面部,其中不形成孔口。 On the other hand, the indicators 800B and 800E are surface at the front surface of the arm portion 35 in the same plane, wherein the aperture is not formed. 以这种方式,每个指示器800A到800C可形成为孔口或表面部。 In this manner, each of the indicators 800A to 800C can be formed as an aperture or a surface portion. 孔口和表面部可以通过人们视觉检查而识别。 Aperture and the surface portion by the visual inspection and identification. 另外,当孔口和表面部与臂检测开关210对置时,孔口和表面分别作为非按压部801和按压部802。 In addition, when the aperture and the surface portion of the arm detecting switch 210 opposing the orifice and the surface, respectively, as non-pressing portion 801 and the pressing portion 802. 非按压部801不按压臂检测开关210,按压部802按压臂检测开关210(参考图12)。 Non-pressing portion 801 does not press the arm detecting switch 210, the pressing portion 802 presses the arm detecting switch 210 (refer to FIG. 12). 因此,非按压部801和按压部802可使带式打印机1识别带类型。 Thus, the non-pressing portions 801 and the pressing portion 802 allows the tape printer 1 to identify the tape type. 将在后面详细描述指示器800A 到800E和臂检测开关210之间的关系。 The detailed description of the indicators 800A to 800E of the relationship between the 210 and the arm detection switch in the back.

[0154]第一区域R1是当带盒30安装到盒收容部8中且压板保持器12移动到在图4到图6中示出的打印位置时,与设置在压板保持器12上的锁定件225(参考图7)对置的区域。 When [0154] the first region R1 is When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 and the platen holder 12 moves to the print position shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6, the latches 12 provided on the platen holder member 225 (refer to FIG. 7) opposed to the area. 如图15 和图18中所示,第一区域R1设置在臂前表面35的共用指示器部831之内。 15 and shown in FIG. 18 R1 as shown in the first region provided within the common indicator portion 831 of the arm front surface 35. 锁定孔820是锁定件225插入的孔口,形成在包括第一区域R1的区域中。 A locking hole 820 is a locking member 225 is inserted into the aperture, comprising a first region R1 is formed in the region. 因此,在后视图中,第一区域R1至少大于相应于锁定件225的形状的区域。 Thus, in a rear view, at least a first region R1 is larger than the area corresponding to the shape of the locking member 225.

[0155]第一区域R1在离开臂部34的出口34A-定间隔处布置,第一区域R1的右端在带供给方向上位于至少竖向信息部分XI的上游侧(即,右侧)。 [0155] In the first region R1 of the arm away from the outlet 34 is disposed at a given interval of 34A-, the first region R1 is located at the right end in the tape feed direction at least the upstream side of the vertical information section XI (i.e., right side). 在图14示出的例子中,在竖向信息部分XI到X5中,在带供给方向上定位于最上游侧的竖向信息部分X5的右端位于第一区域R1 在左右方向的大致中心线上。 In the example shown in FIG. 14, the vertical information section XI of the X5 in the tape feed direction positioned at the most upstream vertical information section X5 is the first region R1 is located right in the horizontal direction is substantially on the center line . 因此,锁定孔820的右端在带供给方向上位于所有竖向信息部分XI到X5的上游侧(即,在右侧)。 Thus, the locking hole 820 located at the right end of all the vertical information section X5 XI to the upstream side in the tape feed direction (i.e., on the right). 此外,第一区域R1设置为邻近横向信息部分Y1且在其之上,其中横向信息部分Y1在横向信息部分Y1到Y3中位于最上侧。 In addition, the first region R1 disposed adjacent to the lateral information section Y1 and on top of which the lateral information section Y1 located in the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 in the uppermost side. 换言之,锁定孔820的上端位于所有横向信息部分Y1到Y3之上。 In other words, the upper end of the locking hole 820 is positioned above all the lateral information section Y1 to Y3.

[0156]在图14中示出的例子中,第一区域R1在左右方向的长度是每个竖向信息部分XI到X5的宽度的大致两倍,并且第一区域R1在竖直方向的长度为每个横向信息部分Y1到Y3的宽度的大约三分之二。 [0156] In FIG. 14, in the example shown, the first region R1 in the horizontal direction of the length of each of the vertical information section X5 XI to approximately twice the width and length of the first region R1 in the vertical direction, about two-thirds of each of the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 width.

[0157]锁定孔820可以形成为在左右方向延伸的狭缝状通孔。 [0157] locking hole 820 may be formed as a slit-shaped through-holes extending in the horizontal direction. 当带盒30安装在盒收容部8 中且压板保持器12在待机位置(参考图3)和打印位置(参考图4到图6)之间移动时,锁定件225插入锁定孔820或从其中拆除。 When the tape cassette 30 is installed in the standby position 12 (refer to FIG. 3) and the print position (refer to FIG. 4 to FIG. 6) to move between the cartridge housing portion 8 and the platen holder, the locking member 225 is inserted from the locking hole 820, or wherein tear down. 在正视图中锁定孔820可以具有与第一区域R1相同的形状,如图15和图18所示,或可以覆盖包括第一区域R1的区域且大于第一区域R1。 Locking aperture 820 in the front view of the first region R1 may have the same shape, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 18, or the cover may comprise a first region R1 and a region larger than the first region R1. 关于锁定孔820在竖直方向的开口宽度,锁定孔820的下内壁的一部分形成为相对于水平方向倾斜的倾斜部821,使得开口宽度在臂前表面35上最大,朝向内部逐渐减少(参考图19和图20)。 About locking hole 820 in the vertical direction of the width of the opening, a part of the inner wall of the locking hole 820 is formed as an inclined portion 821 inclined with respect to the horizontal direction, so that the opening width of the arm front surface 35 maximum, gradually decreases toward the inside (refer to FIG. 19 and 20). 锁定孔820可以形成为凹部,而不是通孔。 The locking hole 820 may be formed as a recess instead of a through hole.

[0158]接下来,将描述臂前表面35中不同要素之间的位置关系。 [0158] Next, description will arm front surface of the positional relationship between different elements 35. 如图13所示,当从前面看根据本实施例的带盒30时,特定区域R0在左右方向上的长度限定为等于或小于臂部34的出口34A和带排出部49之间的距尚(带露出长度)L0。 Distance between Shang 49 13, when viewed from the front 30 according to this embodiment of the tape cassette, a specific area R0 length in the lateral direction is defined as equal to or less than the arm portion 34 and the tape discharge portion 34A outlet (with exposed length) L0.

[0159]此外,从中心线C到第一参考线Cl的距离L1限定在右手方向上(即,朝向带供给方向的上游侧)在带露出长度L0的18%到24%的范围内。 [0159] In addition, from the center line C to the first reference line Cl distance L1 is defined in the right direction (that is, the upstream side toward the tape feeding direction) in the exposed tape length L0 18% to 24% range. 中心线C是盒壳体31在左右方向的中心线。 Cassette center line C is a center line of the housing 31 in the horizontal direction. 第一参考线C1是规定锁定孔820在左右方向设置的位置的虚拟线。 The first reference line C1 is a predetermined virtual line position locking holes 820 provided in the horizontal direction. 通常定位有锁定孔820的线可以作为第一参考线C1。 Typically positioned a locking hole 820 of the wire can be used as a first reference line C1. 例如,第一区域R1在左右方向的中心线可以用作第一参考线C1。 For example, the center line of the first region R1 in the right-left direction may be used as the first reference line C1. 此外,第二参考线C2是在共用指示器部831之内。 Furthermore, the second reference line C2 is within the common indicator portion 831 of the. 第二参考线C2是规定锁定孔820在竖直方向设置的位置的虚拟线。 The second reference line C2 is a predetermined virtual line position locking holes 820 provided in the vertical direction. 例如,第一区域R1在竖直方向的中心线可以用作第二参考线C2〇 For example, a first region R1 in the vertical direction of the center line may be used as a second reference line C2〇

[0160]在盒壳体31的中心线C用作参考时,竖向信息部分XI的位置限定为使得竖向信息部分XI的至少一部分朝向带供给方向下游侧离开中心线C在带露出长度L0的14%到20%的范围内。 [0160] In the cassette case 31 when the center line C is used as a reference, the position of the vertical information section XI is defined such that at least a portion of the vertical information section XI toward the tape feeding direction downstream side, as the length of the exposed tape on the center line C L0 in the range of 14% to 20%. 此外,当出口34A的位置用作参考时,竖向信息部分XI的位置限定为使得竖向信息部分XI的至少一部分朝向带供给方向上游侧离开臂部34的出口34A在带露出长度L0的30%到36%的范围内。 Further, when the position of the exit 34A is used as a reference, the position of the vertical information section XI is defined such that the vertical information section XI least a portion of the upstream side of the feeding direction toward the tape outlet 34A away from the arm portion 34 of the belt 30 of the exposed length L0 % to the range of 36%.

[0161]此外,竖向信息部分XI到X5在左右方向的位置限定为使得相邻竖向信息部分在左右方向上的中心线之间的间隔在带露出长度L0的7%到10%的范围内。 [0161] In addition, the vertical information section XI X5 in position to limit the scope of the horizontal direction so that the adjacent vertical information section spacing in the lateral direction of the center line between the exposed tape length L0 of 7% to 10% Inside.

[0162]由于下列原因,臂前表面35中的各要素之间的位置关系如上所述限定。 [0162] For the following reasons, the arm front surface 35 of the positional relationship between the elements defined as described above.

[0163]首先,在右手方向上,g卩,朝向带供给方向的上游侧,中心线C和第一参考线C1之间的距离L1优选在臂部34的出口34A和带排出部49之间的距离(带露出长度)L0的18%到24%的范围内。 [0163] First, in the right direction, distance L1 g Jie, the upstream side toward the tape feeding direction, the center line C and the first reference line C1 is preferably between outlet 34A 34 between the arm and the tape discharge portion 49 (with exposed length) L0 in the range 18% to 24% of the distance. 例如,会有人们希望仅使用下壳体31B识别将要安装在盒壳体31中的打印介质的情况。 For example, people will want to use only lower case 31B recognition will be installed in the case of the cartridge housing 31 print media. 臂部34的出口34A和带排出部49之间的距离L0即使在带未安装时通过视觉检查也可以容易确定。 Outlet arm portion 34A 34 and the distance L0 between the tape discharge portion 49 even when the band is not installed by visual inspection to be readily determined.

[0164]此外,带盒在左右方向的中心线C的位置可以通过视觉检查下壳体31B而识别。 [0164] In addition, the tape cassette in the horizontal direction of the center line C of the position can be checked by visual recognition and the lower case 31B. 另外,如果特定区域R0在左右方向的长度设定为等于或小于臂部34的出口34A和带排出部49 之间的距离,可以容易识别特定区域R0的范围。 Further, if the specific area R0 in the longitudinal direction is set to be approximately equal to or smaller than the outlet arm portion 34A 34 and the distance between the tape discharge portion 49 can easily recognize specific area R0 range.

[0165]在上述范围内,在锁定孔820在特定区域R0内定位地朝向带供给方向的上游侧更靠近的情况下,如果中心线C和第一参考线C1之间的距离L1超过带露出长度L0的18%到24% 的范围,并且锁定孔820远离中心线C定位,贝lj有锁定孔820超出特定区域R0的范围的可能性。 [0165] In the above range, in the case where the upstream side of the locking hole 820 in the specific area R0 positioned toward the feeding direction of the band closer together, if the distance L1 between the center line C and the first reference line C1 exceeds tape to uncover 18% to 24% of the length L0 of the range, and locking holes 820 positioned away from the center line C, lj shell 820 beyond the lock hole to the possibility of a specific area R0 range. 相反,如果锁定孔820定位得太靠近中心线C,则特定区域R0在左右方向的范围变得太短,不可能形成例如五列构成的竖向信息部分。 Conversely, if the lock hole 820 positioned too close to the center line C, the specific area R0 in the range of about direction becomes too short, it can not form a vertical information such as parts of five.

[0166]第二,优选地,竖向信息部分XI的至少一部分设置为朝向带供给方向的下游侧离开中心线C在带露出长度L0的14%到20%的范围W1之内。 [0166] Second, preferably, the vertical portion of the information to at least a part XI of the downstream side toward the tape feeding direction of the tape away from the center line C in the range W1 of the exposed length L0 is 14% to 20%. 这是因为如果竖向信息部分XI的位置太靠近臂部34的出口34A,则出口34A和竖向信息部分XI可能连接。 This is because if the position of the vertical information section XI too close to exit 34 of the arm portion 34A, the exit 34A and the vertical information section XI may be connected. 即使出口34A和竖向信息部分XI不连接,但如果它们之间的距离短,则当下壳体31B被模制时,可能发生诸如欠注的缺陷。 Even exit 34A and the vertical information section XI is not connected, but if the distance between them is short, the moment when the housing 31B is molded, such as a short shot defect may occur. 另外,如果在带供给方向上设置在特定区域R0的最下游侧(即,左侧端)的竖向信息部分XI的位置被识别,则存在当识别带类型时仅某一限定范围的视觉检查足够的效果。 In addition, if the tape feed direction is disposed on the most downstream side of the specific area R0 (ie, the left side) of the vertical information section XI of the location is identified, the identification band when there is only a limited range when the type of visual inspection sufficient effect.

[0167]第三,当出口34A的位置用作参考时,优选地,竖向信息部分XI的至少一部分朝向带供给方向下游侧离开臂部34的出口34A在带露出长度L0的30%到36%的范围W2内。 [0167] Third, when the outlet 34A is used as a reference, preferably, at least part of the vertical information section XI of the tape feed direction toward the downstream side of the left arm with the outlet 34A 34 in the exposed length L0 30% to 36 W2 within the scope percent. 与上述范围W1类似,其限定竖向信息部分XI的位置在特定区域R0内。 Similar to the above-described range W1, defining the vertical information section XI of the location within a specific area R0. 臂部34的出口34A可以通过视觉检查清楚地识别。 Outlet arm portion 34A 34 can be clearly identified by visual inspection. 因此,如果竖向信息部分XI的位置被限定在通过视觉检查容易识别的范围内,即,如果离出口34A的距离限定为带露出长度L0的30%到36%,则存在可以较容易识别竖向信息部分XI的位置的效果。 Therefore, if the vertical information section XI of the position is limited to a readily identifiable by visual inspection range, that is, if the distance between the outlet 34A is defined as the band from the exposed length L0 30% to 36%, then there can be more easily identified vertical part XI of the effect of the position to.

[0168]第四,优选地,竖向信息部分XI到X5在左右方向布置成使得相邻竖向信息部分的左右方向上的中心线之间的间隔在带露出长度L0的7%到10%的范围内。 [0168] Fourth, preferably vertical information section XI to X5 are arranged in the horizontal direction so that the left-right direction center line spacing of adjacent vertical information sections on the tape between the exposed length L0 of 7% to 10% In the range. 这是因为,如果相邻竖向信息部分在左右方向上的中心线之间的间隔比该值短,则可能难以在它们之间形成边界,或者如果孔口设置在竖向信息部分中,则孔在左右方向的尺寸太小以致于不能视觉辨认。 This is because, if the distance between the centerlines of vertical information section in the lateral direction of the adjacent shorter than this value, it may be difficult to form a boundary between them, or if the opening provided in the vertical information section, the pore size in the horizontal direction is too small to visually recognize. 相反,如果相邻竖向信息部分的左右方向上的中心线之间的间隔比其大,则在特定区域R0的范围内不可能形成例如五列构成的竖向信息部分。 Conversely, if the spacing between adjacent vertical center line of the right-left direction between the information section on its larger than, for example, it is impossible to form a vertical information section constituted five in a specific area R0 range. 因此,当需要识别时有不能识别带类型的情况。 Therefore, we can not identify with the situation when the need to identify the type.

[0169]如果在臂前表面35上各要素之间的位置关系以上述方式限定,则人们通过视觉检查可以容易识别竖向信息部分XI到X5和指示器800A到800E的位置。 [0169] If the arm before the positional relationship between the various elements define the manner described above on the surface 35, the people can be easily identified by visual inspection of vertical information section X5 and XI to the position indicator 800A to 800E. 原因将在下面描述。 For reasons that will be described below.

[0170] 如果人们预先知道在臂前表面35上布置的竖向信息部分XI到X5在左右方向的所有位置,则人们仅通过视觉检查在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5中是否形成孔口就可以识别带类型。 [0170] If people know in advance the vertical information section XI on the arm front surface 35 arranged to X5 all positions in the horizontal direction, the people only by visual inspection at each of the vertical information section X5 XI to whether the aperture is formed They can identify the tape type. 如果人们不能知道所有的位置,则人们可以使用下面的方法识别位置。 If people can not know all the locations, people can use the following method to identify the location.

[0171]首先,人们可以利用锁定孔820作为参考点来限制竖向信息部分XI到X5的位置。 [0171] First of all, people can use as a reference point locking hole 820 to limit the vertical information section X5 XI to the position. 如上所述,锁定孔820的右端在带供给方向上位于至少竖向信息部分XI的上游侧(即,右侧)。 As described above, the right end of the locking hole 820 located on the upstream side of at least the vertical information section XI in the tape feed direction (i.e., right side). 因此,在臂前表面35内,人们可以将竖向信息部分XI可以布置的范围在带供给方向上限制到锁定孔820的右端的下游侧(即,左侧)。 Thus, within the arm front surface 35, it can be vertical information section XI may be arranged in the range of the tape feed direction to restrict the locking hole 820 of the right end of the downstream side (i.e., left side). 此外,在锁定孔820的右端在带供给方向上位于所有竖向信息部分XI到X5的上游侧的情况下,人们可以将竖向信息部分XI到X5可以布置的范例限制到锁定孔820的右端的左侧。 In addition, the locking hole 820 located at the right end of all vertical information section XI to the case of the upstream side of the X5, people can be limited to vertical information section X5 may be arranged XI example to the right end of the locking hole 820 in the tape feed direction left.

[0172]可用下面的方法识别竖向信息部分XI的位置。 [0172] The following methods are available to identify the position of the vertical information section XI of. 首先,竖向信息部分XI到X5在离开臂部34的出口34A-定间隔处布置。 First, the vertical information section X5 XI to the left arm portion 34 at given intervals outlet 34A- arrangement. 因此,如果人们预先知道出口34A和竖向信息部分XI之间的距离,就能利用出口34A作为参考点可来视觉识别竖向信息部分XI在左右方向的位置。 Therefore, if people know in advance from the exit 34A and the vertical information section XI between exit 34A can use as a reference point can be visually recognized vertical information section XI of the position in the horizontal direction. 第二,竖向信息部分XI的至少一部分朝向带供给方向的下游侧离开盒壳体31的左右方向上的中心线C在带露出长度L0的14%到20%的范围W1内。 Second, the downstream side toward the feeding direction with at least part of the vertical information section XI of the left and right direction away from the center line C cartridge case 31 on the length L0 in the range of 14% to 20% of the belt is exposed W1. 第三,竖向信息部分XI的至少一部分朝向带供给方向的上游侧离开臂部34的出口34A在带露出长度L0的30%到36%的范围W2内。 Third, the upstream toward the tape feeding direction at least part of the vertical information section XI of the left side arm outlet 34A 34 length L0 in the range 30% to 36% of the belt is exposed W2. 因此,人们利用臂部34的出口34A或盒壳体31的中心线C(其每一个均是通过视觉检查容易识别的部分)作参考点就能识别竖向信息部分XI在左右方向的位置。 Thus, people use the arm portion 34A or the outlet 34 of the cartridge casing 31 centerline C (each of which are easily identified by visual inspection of the part) as a reference point can identify the position of the vertical information section in the horizontal direction of XI.

[0173]竖向信息部分XI到X5在臂前表面35上从左侧到右侧以等间隔布置。 [0173] vertical information section X5 XI to the surface 35 on the front arm from left to right are arranged at equal intervals. 因此,如果人们知道在竖向信息部分XI到X5中的相邻竖向信息部分的间隔,或者相邻竖向信息部分在左右方向上的中心线之间的间隔在带露出长度L0的7%到10%的范围内的情况,则人们利用竖向信息部分XI作参考就能识别其它竖向信息部分X2到X4在左右方向上的位置。 Therefore, if people know that in the vertical information section X5 XI to the bay adjacent vertical information section, or the spacing between adjacent vertical information section of the center line in the lateral direction between the exposed tape length L0 at 7% to within a range of 10% of the people use the vertical information section XI can be identified by reference to other vertical information section X2 to X4 position in the lateral direction.

[0174]此外,如图14的例子,在由竖向信息部分XI到X5和横向信息部分Y1到Y3形成的多个重叠区域中,如果在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5中的一个重叠区域作为指示器800A到800E 中的每一个,并且如果基于孔口是否形成在指示器800A到800E中的每一个中来识别带类型,则人们需要识别指示器800A到800E的位置。 [0174] In addition, in the overlap region by a plurality of vertical information section X5 and XI to the lateral information section Y1 to Y3, is formed, if an overlap in each of the vertical information section X5 XI to the example in FIG. 14, 800A to 800E as an indicator region each, and if based on whether an aperture is formed in the indicators 800A to 800E in each of the identified tape type, it is necessary to identify the location of the pointer 800A to 800E. 如果人们预先知道横向信息部分Y1到Y3在臂前表面35上所有的竖向位置,则人们能利用横向信息部分Y1到Y3作参考,识别分别在竖向信息部分XI到X5中的指示器800A到800E的竖向位置。 If people know in advance the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 on the arm front surface 35 on all the vertical position, then people can take advantage of the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 as a reference separately identified in the vertical information section X5 XI to the indicator 800A 800E to the vertical position. 换言之,人们可视觉识别指示器800A到800E的固定位置(在左右方向上的位置和在竖直方向上的位置),其中指示器800A到800E设置在由竖向信息部分XI到X5和横向信息部分Y1到Y3形成的重叠区域中。 In other words, one can visually identify indicators 800A to 800E fixed position (location and position in the vertical direction in the horizontal direction), wherein the indicator 800A to 800E provided in the X5 and the lateral information to the vertical information section XI the overlapping area portion Y1 to Y3 formed.

[0175]即使人们不知道横向信息部分Y1到Y3的竖向位置,在臂前表面35的高度范围内, 锁定孔820的上端位于所有横向信息部分Y1到Y3上方。 [0175] Even if people do not know the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 in the vertical position, in the height range of the arm front surface 35, the upper end of the locking hole 820 is positioned above all the lateral information section Y1 to Y3. 因此,人们可以将横向信息部分Y1到Y3能布置的范围限定到锁定孔820下方。 Thus, one can lateral information section Y1 to Y3 can be arranged to define the scope of the lock beneath the hole 820.

[0176]此外,限定横向信息部分Y1和Y2在共用指示器部831内,该公用指示器部831具有预定高度T1,并且中心在盒壳体31的竖直方向的中心线N上。 [0176] Further, defining the lateral information section Y1 and Y2 are in the common indicator portion 831, the common indicator portion 831 having a predetermined height T1, and the center of the center line N in the vertical direction of the cassette case 31. 预定高度T1是略大于共用部32 的宽度T的值。 Predetermined height T1 is a value slightly larger than the width T of the common portion 32. 此外,在宽幅带盒30(参考图15)中,横向信息部分Y3在左右方向延伸,横跨共用指示器部831和共用指示器部831下方的扩展部832。 In addition, the wide tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 15), the lateral information section Y3 extends in the horizontal direction, extend across a portion of the common indicator portion 831 and the portion 831 below the common indicator 832. 在窄幅带盒30(参考图18)中,横向信息部分Y3沿臂前表面35的下边缘延伸且其宽度小于横向信息部分Y1和Y2的宽度。 In the narrow tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 18), the front lateral information section Y3 along the lower edge surface of the arm 35 extends laterally and has a width less than the width of the information part of Y1 and Y2. 因此,人们可容易识别横向信息部分Y3的位置。 Thus, one can easily recognize the position of the lateral information section Y3.

[0177] 此外,横向信息部分Y1到Y3在第二区域R2中在竖直方向上以大致相等间隔布置。 [0177] Further, the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 in the second region R2 in the vertical direction are arranged at substantially equal intervals. 因此,即使人们不知道横向信息部分Y1到Y3在竖直方向上的所有位置,人们也能利用可以通过容易视觉检查识别的盒壳体31在竖直方向的中心线N或共用部32作参考,来识别横向信息部分Y1和Y2的位置。 Therefore, even if people do not know the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 all positions in the vertical direction, it can be use as a reference the center line N 31 or 32 of the common portion in the vertical direction by an easy visual inspection to identify the cartridge housing location, information to identify the lateral portion of Y1 and Y2.

[0178]以这种方式,根据本实施例的带盒30构造成使得人们通过视觉检查臂前表面35而能识别竖向信息部分XI到X5和臂指示器部800的指示器800A到800E的限定位置。 [0178] In this manner, according to the tape cassette 30 of the present embodiment is configured such that it visually checking the arm front surface 35 and to identify the vertical information section X5 and XI to the arm indicator portion 800 of indicator 800A to 800E defined position.

[0179]接下来,将描述基于是否孔口形成在臂指示器部800的每个竖向信息部分XI到X5 或指示器800A到800E中的每一个的组合来对带类型的识别。 [0179] Next, the information will be described in each of the vertical portion of the arm indicator portion 800 XI to X5 or the indicators 800A to 800E each combination to identify the tape type based on whether the opening is formed. 带类型包括不同要素(下文中称为带类型要素)。 Band types include different elements (hereinafter referred to as tape type elements). 在本实施例中,将描述这种例子,其中不同带类型要素中的三个要素,即带宽度、打印模式和字符颜色被识别。 In the present embodiment, such an example will be described, in which elements of different types with three elements, i.e., the width, the print mode and the character color are identified.

[0180] 预先确定每个竖向信息部分XI到X5指示的带类型要素。 [0180] predetermined vertical information section XI for each type of feature to the band indication X5. 在本实施例中,竖向信息部分XI、X2和X5被确定为指示用于识别带宽度的信息的部分。 In the present embodiment, the vertical information section XI, X2 and X5 are determined as part of the information for indicating the width of the identification. 竖向信息部分X3被确定为指示用于识别打印模式的信息的部分。 Vertical information section X3 is determined as part of the instructions for identifying the print mode information. 竖向信息部分X4被确定为指示用于识别字符颜色的信息的部分。 Vertical information section X4 is determined as part of the information indicating an identification character color. 以这种方式,带盒30构造成使得可以基于单独每个指示器部识别相应带类型要素,而与其它指示器部的结构无关。 In this manner, the tape cassette 30 is configured so that each indicator may be based on individual portions corresponding tape type identification element, regardless of the structures of the other portions of the indicator.

[0181] 此外,如图14所示,在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5中的特定重叠区域作为每个指示器800A到800E的情况下,根据哪个竖向信息部分XI到X5包括指示器800A到800E中的每一个确定每个指示器800A到800E指示的带类型要素。 [0181] In addition, as shown in each of the vertical information section X5 XI to a specific overlapping area in each of the indicators 800A to a 14 800E under the circumstances, according to which the vertical information section X5 comprises an indicator XI the 800A to 800E determined for each type of element with each indicator 800A to 800E indicates. 因此,指示器800A、800B和800E是用于识别带宽度的指示器、指示器800C是用于识别打印模式的指示器、指示器800D是用于识别字符颜色的指示器。 Thus, the indicator 800A, 800B and 800E are indicators for identifying the width of the indicator 800C is an indicator for identifying the print mode, the indicator 800D is an indicator for identifying the character color. 下文中,指示器800A、800B和800E公同称为带宽度指示器部、指示器800C被称为打印模式指示器部,指示器800D被称为字符颜色指示器部。 Hereinafter, the indicators 800A, 800B and 800E called public with width indicator portion, the indicator 800C is called a print mode indicator portion, the indicator 800D is known as the character color indicator portion. 下面作为例子将描述基于指示器800A到800E识别带类型的方法。 As an example will be described below based on the indicator 800A to 800E of the tape type identification method.

[0182] 将参考表1到表3描述由带类型要素的上述指示器部中的每一个指示的带宽度、打印模式和字符颜色。 [0182] The width of the reference to Table 1 to Table 3 above description of the indicator portion of the tape type elements in each of the indicated print mode and the character color. 为了说明的目的,在表中,在每个指示器800A到800E中形成孔口的情况用值〇指示,并且每个指示器800A到800E是表面部且其中没有形成孔口的情况用值1指示。 For illustrative purposes, the case, in the table, each of the indicators 800A to 800E in the opening formed by the square indicates a value, and each indicator 800A to 800E is a surface portion, and wherein the aperture is formed by the absence of a value instructions. 注意,在基于是否在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5上形成孔口来识别带类型的情况下,可以使用下面所述的识别带类型的方法,参考类似的表,其中表1到表3中示出的指示器800A到800E分别更换为竖向信息部分XI到X5。 Note that in the case of forming an aperture based on whether each of the vertical information section XI to the X5 to identify the type of the tape can be used to identify the tape type of method described below with reference to similar tables in which Tables 1 to 3 shown in the indicator 800A to 800E were replaced by vertical information section XI to the X5.

Figure CN103753980BD00321

[0189] 如表1所示,相应于构成带宽度指示器部的每个指示器800A、800B和800E是否形成为孔口或没有孔口的表面部的组合,限定通过组合指示的从3 • 5mm到36mm的七种类型的带宽度。 [0189] As shown in Table 1, the indicator corresponding to each tape width indicator portion 800A is constituted, 800B and 800E are formed as a combination of whether an aperture or a surface portion without apertures, defined by the instruction, from a combination of 3 • 5mm to 36mm width of seven types. 因此,人们可通过视觉检查臂指示器部800内仅分别包括在竖向信息部分XI、X2和X5 中的指示器800A、800B和800E来识别带盒30的带宽度。 Therefore, it can be visually checked through the inner arm indicator portion 800 include only the information in the vertical section XI, X2 and X5 in the indicator 800A, 800B and 800E to identify the width of the tape cassette 30. 注意三个指示器800A、800B和800E的孔口或表面部的组合总数为八。 Note that three indicators 800A, 800B and 800E of the opening or the surface portion of the total number of combinations of eight. 但是,在本实施例中,因为在带宽度指示器中包括至少一个孔口,未限定相应于指示器800A、800B和800E都是表面部("1,1,1"的组合)的情况的带宽度。 However, in the present embodiment, since the width indicator comprises at least one aperture, the indicator does not correspond to the case 800A, 800B and 800E are surface portions ( "1,1,1" in combination) defined width.

[0190]如表1所示,在带宽度指示器中,当带宽度等于或大于预定宽度(18mm)时,限定指示器800E是没有孔口的表面部,当带宽度小于该预定宽度时,限定指示器800E是孔口。 [0190] As shown in Table 1, the width indicator, when the width is equal to or greater than a predetermined width (18mm), the indicator 800E is a surface portion defining an orifice not, when bandwidth is less than the predetermined width, Limited indicator 800E is an aperture. 因此,如上所述,仅通过视觉识别指示器800E在臂前表面35中的位置和检查在该位置是否设有孔口,人们就可识别带宽度是否等于或大于预定宽度。 Thus, as described above, by only visual identification indicator 800E in the arm front surface 35 and checking the position of the opening position is provided, it can identify the tape width is equal to or larger than a predetermined width.

[0191]另外,基于是否在每个指示器800A和800B设置孔口的组合,带宽度的尺寸关系可被识别在带宽度等于或大于预定宽度(18mm)的第一范围或带宽度小于预定宽度的第二范围。 [0191] In addition, based on whether the combination of each indicator 800A and 800B set the aperture, the size relationship between the width can be identified in a width equal or greater than the predetermined width (18mm) or a first range of predetermined width less than the width a second range. 更具体地,如果指示器800A是孔口且指示器800B是表面部(表1中的"0,1"组合),指示在第一范围或第二范围中的最大带宽度(即表1中的36mm或12mm)。 More specifically, if the indicator 800A is an aperture and the indicator 800B is a surface portion (Table 1, "0, 1" combination), indicating the maximum width (i.e., in Table 1 in the first range or the second range of 36mm or 12mm). 如果指示器800A是表面部且指示器800B是孔口(表1中的"1,0"组合),指示第一范围或第二范围中的第二大带宽度(即表1中的24mm或9mm) 〇 If the indicator 800A is a surface portion and the indicator 800B is an aperture (Table 1 "1,0" portfolio), indicating a first range or a second range, the second largest width (ie, Table 1 or 24mm 9mm) 〇

[0192] 如果指示器800A和800B都是孔口(表1中的组合),指示第一范围或第二范围中的第三大带宽度(即表1中的6mm或18mm)。 [0192] If the indicators 800A and 800B are apertures (Table 1 combination), indicating a first range or a second range in the third largest width (ie, Table 1 6mm or 18mm). 如果指示器800A和800B都不是孔口而是表面部(表1中的"1,1"组合),指示所有带宽度中的最小带宽度(即表1中的3.5mm)。 If the indicator 800A and 800B are not apertures but the surface portion (Table 1 "1,1" portfolio), indicating that all the bandwidth of minimum width (ie, Table 1 3.5mm).

[0193] 首先,如上所述人们可以视觉识别指示器800A、800B和800E在臂前表面35上的位置。 [0193] First, as described above one can visually identify the indicators 800A, 800B and 800E in position 35 on the front surface of the arm. 然后,人们可以检查孔口是否形成在指示器800E中,确定带宽度是否等于或大于预定宽度或带宽度小于预定宽度。 Then, people can check whether an aperture is formed in the indicator 800E, it is determined whether the width is equal to or greater than a predetermined width or a width smaller than a predetermined width. 随后,通过检查孔口是否形成在每个指示器800A和800B中,人们就能容易更详细地识别带宽度。 Subsequently, by checking whether an aperture is formed in each of the indicators 800A and 800B, it is possible to easily identify the tape width in more detail.

[0194] 例如在图15中示出的宽幅带盒30中,指示器800E是表面部,指示器800A是孔口,指示器800B是表面部。 [0194] In the example shown in FIG. 15 wide tape cassette 30, the indicator 800E is a surface portion, the indicator 800A is an aperture, the indicator 800B is a surface portion. 结果,利用上述方法,人们可以识别带宽度是36mm,即带宽度等于或大于预定宽度(18mm)的第一范围中的最大宽度。 As a result, using the above methods, one can identify the tape width is 36mm, i.e. greater than or equal to the width of a predetermined width (18mm) of the maximum width in the first range. 在图18中示出的窄幅带盒30中,指示器800E 是孔口,指示器800A是孔口,指示器800B是表面部。 In FIG. 18 illustrates a narrow tape cassette 30, the indicator 800E is an aperture, the indicator 800A is an aperture, the indicator 800B is a surface portion. 结果,利用上述方法,人们可以识别带宽度是12mm,即带宽度小于预定宽度(18mm)的第二范围中的最大宽度。 As a result, using the above methods, one can identify the tape width is 12mm, the bandwidth that is less than the predetermined width (18mm) of the maximum width in the second range.

[0195]如果人们预先知道预定宽度的特定值,人们仅通过视觉检查整个带盒30就能够确定带盒30的带宽度是否小于预定宽度。 [0195] If people know in advance the specific value of the predetermined width, it is only through visual inspection of the entire tape cassette 30 is able to determine the width of the tape cassette 30 is smaller than a predetermined width. 因此,指示带宽度是否等于或大于预定宽度的指示器800E不需要包括在带宽度指示器中。 Thus, indicating the width is equal to or greater than a predetermined width indicator 800E does not need to be included in the width of the indicator. 即竖向信息部分X5可不必限定在臂指示器部800中。 That vertical information section X5 may not necessarily defined in the arm indicator portion 800. 在这种情况下,由于竖向信息部分XI和X2最靠近臂部34的出口34A,人们能够彼此紧间隔地在视觉上检查竖向信息部分XI和X2连同已经从出口34A排出的露出的带的宽度。 In this case, since the vertical information section XI and X2 arm closest to the outlet 34A 34, people can visually check the vertical information section XI and X2 together with the exposed tape has been discharged from the exit 34A from each other tightly spaced width. 因此,人们能够容易且可靠地比较收容在盒壳体31中的带的宽度和竖向信息部分XI及X2即带宽度指示器部所指示的带宽度。 Accordingly, it is possible to easily and reliably compare the width accommodating the width and vertical information section XI and X2 width indicator portion that is in the cartridge case 31 of the tape indicated. 在带宽度指示器部如本实施例中那样还包括竖向信息部分X5的情况下,通过使用竖向信息部分X5来指示带宽度是否小于所述预定宽度,人们能够容易且可靠地检查带宽度是否小于所述预定宽度。 In the case where the width of the indicator portion as in the present embodiment described above further includes a vertical information section X5, the vertical information section X5 by using the indicated width is less than said predetermined width, it is possible to easily and reliably check the width It is less than said predetermined width. 更具体地说,在本实施例中,竖向信息部分X5包括孔口还是表面部在所述预定宽度处改变。 More specifically, in the present embodiment, the vertical information section X5 includes an aperture or a surface portion of predetermined width at the change. 另外,因为竖向信息部分X5与竖向信息部分XI及X2分开,所以能够更容易地通过视觉检查区分竖向信息部分X5。 Further, since the vertical information section X5 and the vertical information section X2 and XI separately, it is possible to more easily distinguish by visual inspection of the vertical information section X5. 因此,人们能够容易地辨认带宽度是否小于所述预定宽度。 Thus, one can easily identify the tape width is less than the predetermined width.

[0196]换言之,至少竖向信息部分XI和X2被限定在臂指示器部800中和至少两个指示器800A和800B呈现为宽度指示器部就足够。 [0196] In other words, at least the vertical information section XI and X2 are defined in the arm indicator portion 800 and at least two indicators 800A and 800B appear as the width of the indicator portion is sufficient. 在最靠近臂部34的出口34A(带从其中排出)的指示器800A和800B用作带宽度指示器部的情况下,人们可以视觉检查指示器800A和800D连同已经排出的露出的带,从而可以更容易地识别带宽度。 When used as the indicator 800A and 800B width indicator portion of the arm closest to the exit 34A 34 (from which the discharge belt), one can visually check the indicators 800A and 800D together with the exposed tape has been discharged, thereby you can more easily identify width.

[0197]如表2所示,相应于作为打印模式指示器部的指示器800C是否形成为孔口,打印模式被限定为镜像打印模式(层叠式)或正像打印模式(接收器式)。 [0197] As shown in Table 2, the indicator 800C corresponds to a print mode indicator portion is formed to whether the aperture, the print mode is defined as a mirror image printing mode (laminated type) or positive printing mode (receptor type). 更具体地,限定如果指示器800C是孔口(表2中的"0"),指示执行镜像打印,如果指示器800C是表面部(表2中的"1"), 指示执行正像打印。 More specifically, if the indicator 800C is an aperture defined (Table 2, "0"), instructed to perform image printing, if the indicator 800C is a surface portion (Table 2, "1"), just as the print instructing to execute.

[0198]因此,如上所述仅通过视觉识别指示器800C在臂前表面35上的位置,检查是否在其上形成孔口,人们就能容易确定打印模式是层叠式(镜像打印模式)还是接收器式(正像打印模式)。 [0198] Thus, as described above only the position 35 on the front surface of the arm, check if the indicator 800C is formed by visual recognition on which the aperture, it can be easily determined print mode is stacked (mirror image printing mode) or receive - type (Just print mode). 例如,在图15中示出的宽幅带盒30中,指示器800C是孔口。 For example, in FIG. 15 shows the wide tape cassette 30, the indicator 800C is an aperture. 因此,人们可以识别打印模式为"镜像打印模式(层叠式)"。 Thus, one can identify the print mode as a "mirror image printing mode (stacked)." 在图18示出的窄-宽度带盒30中,指示器800C是表面部。 In FIG. 18 illustrates a narrow - the width of the tape cassette 30, the indicator 800C is a surface portion. 因此,人们可以识别打印模式为"正像打印模式(接收器式)"。 Thus, one can identify the print mode is "positive printing mode (receptor type)."

[0199]打印模式"接收器式(正像打印模式)"包括除了镜像打印之外的所有类型的打印, 诸如其中墨带的墨转移到作为打印介质的带的打印类型、其中热敏带是显色的而不使用墨带的打印类型。 [0199] Print Mode "Receiver type (positive print mode)" includes in addition to the mirror printing all types of printing, such as where the ink transfer ink ribbon to a print medium, the print type of tape, which is a thermal tape color without using a type of printing ink ribbon. 因此,打印模式的识别可以识别带盒30是否收容层叠式打印介质或接收器式打印介质。 Therefore, the identification of the print mode can identify whether the tape cassette accommodating 30 stacked print media or print media receivers. 在带盒30的制造过程中,打印模式的识别可以识别盒壳体31是为层叠式准备还是为接收器式准备。 In the manufacturing process of the tape cassette 30, identification of the print mode can be identified as the cartridge casing 31 is stacked to prepare the receiver is ready to type.

[0200] 如表3所示,相应于作为字符颜色指示器部的指示器800D是否形成为孔口,字符颜色被限定为黑色或不同于黑色的颜色。 As shown in [0200] As shown in Table 3, corresponding to the indicator 800D as the character color indicator portion formed to whether aperture is defined as a black character color or colors other than black. 更具体地,限定如果指示器800D是表面部(表3中的"1"),指示字符颜色为黑色,如果指示器800D是孔口(表3中的"0"),指示字符颜色是不同于黑色的颜色。 More specifically, if the indicator 800D is a surface-defining portion (Table 3, "1"), indicating that the character color is black, if the indicator 800D is an aperture (Table 3, "0"), indicating that the character color is different in black color.

[0201] 因此,如上所述仅通过视觉识别指示器800D在臂前表面35上的位置,以及检查是否在其中形成孔口,人们就可以容易确定字符颜色是黑色还是不同于黑色的颜色。 [0201] Thus, as described above only by visual recognition indicator 800D on the arm front surface 35 at the location, and check whether the aperture formed therein, one can easily determine the character color is black or colors other than black. 例如,在图15中示出的宽幅带盒30中,指示器800D是孔口。 For example, in FIG. 15 shows the wide tape cassette 30, the indicator 800D is an aperture. 因此,人们可以识别字符颜色为不同于黑色的颜色。 Thus, one can identify the character color as other than black color. 在图18中示出的窄幅带盒30中,指示器800D是表面部。 In FIG. 18 illustrates a narrow tape cassette 30, the indicator 800D is a surface portion. 因此,人们可以识别字符颜色是黑色。 Thus, one can identify the character color is black.

[0202] 带宽度和打印模式对于带式打印机1执行正确打印是重要信息。 [0202] width and the print mode for the tape printer 1 to perform correct printing is important information. 另一方面,字符颜色对于带式打印机1执行正确打印不是重要的。 On the other hand, the character color is not important for the correct printing tape printer 1 to perform. 因此,作为字符颜色指示器部的指示器800D 不总是必需的。 Therefore, the indicator 800D as the character color indicator portion is not always necessary. 换言之,竖向信息部分X4可不需要限定在臂指示器部800中。 In other words, the vertical information section X4 may be required to qualify in the arm indicator portion 800. 此外,指示器800D可用于不是指示字符颜色,而是指示带类型的其它要素,诸如带基材颜色等。 In addition, the indicator 800D may be used instead of indicating the character color, but other elements indicating tape type, such as a tape substrate color.

[0203]另外,由每个指示器部指示的带宽度、打印模式和字符颜色的内容不限于表1到表3示出的,可以按需要改变。 [0203] In addition, the width of each indicator unit by the instruction, the contents of the print mode and the character color is not limited to Table 1 to Table 3 shows, can be changed as desired. 注意表1到表3中限定的带宽度、打印模式和字符颜色的组合的总数是28。 Note that in Tables 1 to 3 as defined in width, print mode and the character color combination of the total is 28. 但是,不需要使用所有组合。 However, without the use of all combinations. 例如,在可以通过带式打印机1检测不适当安装状态的情况下(将在后面描述),不使用相应于通过带式打印机1检测的不适当安装状态的组合。 For example, in the case may be, the improper attachment state is detected by the tape printer 1 (to be described later), the printer 1 is not used corresponding to the detected state by the belt, the improper attachment of the combination.

[0204] 上面描述了臂指示器部800用于指示带类型的结构和通过人们视觉检查臂指示器部800识别带类型的方法。 [0204] The above describes a method for the arm indicator portion 800 for indicating the type of band structure and the visual inspection by the arm indicator portion 800 identification band type. 下文中,将参考图12到图25描述臂指示器部800的关于带式打印机1的臂检测开关210的结构,以及通过臂检测开关210的带类型识别。 Hereinafter, with reference to FIG 12 to FIG 25 described on the arm indicator portion 800 of the tape printer 1 of the arm detecting switches 210 of the structure, and by the arm detecting switches 210 of the tape type identification.

[0205]首先,将描述臂指示器部800的关于带式打印机1的臂检测开关210的结构。 [0205] First, description will be on the arm indicator portion of the tape printer 1 of the structure of the arm detecting switches 210 800. 如上所述,在本实施例的带式打印机1中,五个检测开关210A到210E设置在压板保持器12(参考图7)的盒面对表面12B上。 As described above, in the tape printer 1 of this embodiment, the five detecting switches 210A to 210E arranged in 12 (refer to FIG. 7) of the cartridge holder plate on the facing surface 12B. 在带盒30中,当带盒30安装在盒收容部8中时,分别面对臂检测开关210A到210E的重叠区域作为指示器800A到800E,如图14所示。 In the tape cassette 30, when the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8, respectively face the arm detecting switches 210A to 210E as an indicator of the overlap region 800A to 800E, as shown in FIG. 在图14示出的例子中,指示器800A、800C和800D是孔口,指示器800B和800E是表面部。 In the example shown in FIG. 14, the indicators 800A, 800C and 800D are apertures, indicators 800B and 800E are surface portions.

[0206]当孔口与臂检测开关210对置时,臂检测开关210的开关终端222可以插入孔口和从孔口中拆除,孔口作为不按压开关终端222的非按压部801。 [0206] When opening the arm detecting switch 210 opposing the arm detection switch 210 switching terminal 222 can be inserted and removed from the orifice opening, do not push switch terminal orifice as the non-pressing portion 801 222. 本实施例的非按压部801形成为在正视图中具有竖长矩形形状的孔口并且与指示器(重叠区域)的形状匹配。 Non-pressing portion 801 of the present embodiment is formed in the front view of a rectangular shape having a vertical length and shape of the opening match and the indicator (overlapping region). 例如,如图12所示,孔口可以是大致垂直于臂前表面35(即平行于顶面30A和底面30B)穿透臂部34的外壁34B的通孔。 For example, as shown in FIG. 12, the aperture may be substantially perpendicular to the surface 35 (i.e., parallel to the top surface 30A and bottom surface 30B) penetrating the arm portion 34 of the outer wall of the through hole 34B of the front arm. 作为结果,非按压部801的形成方向与臂部34内部的带供给路径以直角大致交叉。 As a result, the non-pressing direction of the arm 34 is formed inside the feed path 801 with a substantially cross at right angles. 当开关终端222插入非按压部801时,与非按压部801对置的臂检测开关210保持在关状态。 When the switch terminal 222 to a non-pressing portion 801, and the non-pressing portion 801 opposed arm detection switch 210 kept in the off state.

[0207]当表面部与臂检测开关210对置时,表面部作为按压开关终端222的按压部802。 [0207] When the surface portion of the arm detecting switch 210 opposing surface portion as the pressing portion 802 presses the switch terminal 222. 当开关终端222与按压部802接触时,与按压部802对置的臂检测开关210改变为开状态。 When the switch terminal 222 in contact with the pressing portion 802, and the pressing portion 802 opposed arm detection switch 210 is changed to an open state. 在图15中示出的宽幅带盒30的例子中,指示器800A、800C和800D是非按压部801,指示器800B和800E是按压部802。 15 in the example shown in Fig. 30 wide tape cassette, the indicator 800A, 800C and 800D are non-pressing portion 801, the indicator 800B and 800E are the pressing portion 802.

[0208]指示器800E在臂前表面35上的竖向位置位于在横向信息部分Y1到Y3中最下面定位的横向信息部分Y3中。 [0208] indicator 800E on the arm front surface 35 in the vertical position is located in the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 in the bottom positioned transverse information section Y3,. 如上所述,在图15中示出的带宽度等于或大于预定宽度(18mm)的宽幅带盒30中,横向信息部分Y3设置为横跨共用指示器部831和共用指示器部831下方的扩展部832。 As described above, in the FIG. 15 shows the width of a predetermined width greater than or equal to (18mm) wide width tape cassette 30, the lateral information section Y3 is disposed astride the common indicator portion 831 and the portion 831 below the common indicator extensions 832. 另一方面,在图18中示出的带宽度小于预定宽度的窄幅带盒30中,横向信息部分Y3沿臂前表面35的下边缘延伸且具有横向信息部分Y1和Y2的宽度的大致三分之一的宽度。 On the other hand, in FIG. 18, the width is less than the predetermined width shown narrow tape cassette 30, the lower edge of the front lateral information section Y3 extends along the surface of the arm 35 and having a lateral information section Y1 and Y2 width of approximately three one-half the width. 因此,在图18中示出的窄幅带盒30中,指示器800E在竖直方向上的尺寸是图15中示出的宽幅带盒30的指示器800E的尺寸的大致三分之一。 Thus, in Figure 18 shows a narrow tape cassette 30, the indicator 800E in the vertical direction dimensions are shown in Fig. 15 wide tape cassette indicator 30 is approximately one-third the size of 800E .

[0209]如上所述,在本实施例中限定在带宽度等于或大于预定宽度(18mm)的宽幅带盒30 (参考图15)中,指示器800E是表面部,即,按压部802。 Width tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 15) [0209] As described above, in the case of the present embodiment defined in the bandwidth of greater than or equal to the predetermined width (18mm), the indicator 800E is a surface portion, i.e., the pressing portion 802. 还限定在带宽度小于预定宽度的窄幅带盒30(参考图18)中,指示器800E是孔口,即,非按压部801。 Bandwidth is also limited to less than a predetermined narrow width tape cassette 30 (refer to FIG. 18), the indicator 800E is an aperture, namely, the non-pressing portion 801.

[0210] 这是由于下面的原因。 [0210] This is due to the following reasons. 在带式打印机1是仅使用窄幅带盒30的专用设备的情况下, 在与指示器800E对置的位置可不设置臂检测开关210E。 In the case of the tape printer 1 is a special case only a narrow band of the device 30, the indicator 800E in the opposite position may not be provided arm detection switch 210E. 另一方面,在带式打印机1是能使用窄幅带盒30和宽幅带盒30的通用设备的情况下,设置与指示器800E对置的臂检测开关210E。 On the other hand, in the tape printer 1 is able to use under narrow width tape cassette 30 and the tape cassette device 30 general case, set the indicator 800E opposite arm detection switch 210E. 因此,在窄幅带盒30中的形成为孔口的指示器800E,作为相应于臂检测开关210E的逸出孔。 Thus, the tape cassette 30 is formed in a narrow opening for the indicator Bulletin 800E, as corresponding to the arm detecting switch 210E escape bores.

[0211] 如上参考表1到表3所述,臂指示器部800的指示器800A到800E中的每一个与指示器800A到800E中的每一个指示的带类型要素相联系。 [0211] As described with reference to Tables 1 to 3, the arm indicator portion 800E indicator 800A 800 to each of the indicators 800A to 800E each indicating a tape type elements linked. 或孔口(非按压部801)或表面部(按压部802)按照与带类型相应的规定图案形成在指示器800A到800E中的每一个中。 Or aperture (the non-pressing portion 801) or a surface portion (the pressing portion 802) in accordance with the predetermined pattern corresponding to the type of indicators 800A to 800E are formed in each of the. 因此,带式打印机1可以基于通过臂指示器部800选择性地按压的臂检测开关210的开和关状态的组合识别带类型。 Accordingly, the tape printer 1 can identify the tape type based on the combination arm indicator portion 800 by selectively depresses arm detection switch on and off state 210.

[0212] 更具体地,如上所述为指示器800A到800E预先限定的规定图案(孔口和表面部的组合)可以转换为相应臂检测开关210A到210E的检测图案(开、关状态的组合)。 [0212] More specifically, as described above indicators 800A to 800E predefined predetermined pattern (a combination of aperture and the surface portion) can be converted to the corresponding arm detecting switches 210A to 210E of the detection pattern (off status combinations ). 然后,带式打印机1参考表可以识别带类型,在表中每个检测图案与带类型相关联。 Then, the tape printer 1 can identify the tape type reference table in the table each detection pattern is associated with a type.

[0213]图22中示出的带类型表510是在带式打印机1中使用的以识别带类型的表的例子, 并且存储在带式打印机1的R0M402中。 [0213] FIG. 22 illustrates the tape type table 510 in the tape printer 1 is used to identify the tape type table of examples, and are stored in the tape printer R0M402 1's. 带盒30的带类型按照五个臂检测开关210A到210E的开和关状态的组合限定在带类型表510中。 Type tape cassette 30 in accordance with a combination of five arm detection switch on and off states of 210A to 210E is defined in the tape type table 510. 在图22示出的带类型表510中,臂检测开关210A 到210E分别相应于开关SW1到SW5,并且每个臂检测开关210的关状态(OFF)和开状态(0N)分别相应于值零(0)和一(1)。 22 shows the tape type table 510, the arm detecting switches 210A to 210E respectively correspond to switches SW1 to SW5 are, and each arm detection switch OFF state (OFF) 210 and the ON state (0N) correspond to a value of zero (0) and one (1).

[0214]在使用全部五个臂检测开关210A到210E的情况下,相应于开和关状态组合总数的最大32个检测图案的最大32种带类型可被识别。 [0214] In the case of 210A to 210E all five arm detecting switches on and off states corresponding to the total number of combinations of the maximum 32 detection pattern with a maximum 32 kinds of types can be identified. 但是,在图22中示出的带类型表510中,最大32个检测图案中,设定相应于24种检测图案的带类型。 However, in FIG. 22 illustrates the tape type table 510, the maximum 32 detection pattern is set corresponding to 24 kinds of tape type detection pattern. 剩余的8个检测图案中,对三个图案示出"错误",用于带式打印机1检测到带盒30未安装在盒收容部8中的适当位置。 The remaining eight detection patterns, a pattern of three shows "error", an appropriate position of the tape cassette 30 is not installed in the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape printer to detect. 对于其它五个检测图案示出"空闲",指示空字段。 For the other five detection patterns shown "idle", indicating an empty field. 将在后面描述当检测到错误时的带盒30的安装状态。 It will be described later when the tape cassette 30 installed state detected error.

[0215]可以在带式打印机1中使用的表不限于图22中示出的带类型表510。 [0215] the table that can be used in the tape printer 1 is not limited to 22 shows the tape type table 510 in FIG. 例如,可以使用这样表,其中任何被选择的带类型新加到相应于带类型表510中"空闲"的检测图案。 For example, such a table in which any selected tape type is newly added to the tape type table 510 corresponds to the "idle" detection pattern. 另外,可以使用这样的表,其中带类型表510中记录的带类型被删除,每个检测图案和带类型之间的对应关系被改变,相应于每个检测图案的带类型的内容被改变。 Further, such a table may be used, wherein the tape type recording tape type table 510 is deleted, the correspondence between each detection pattern and the tape type is changed between, corresponding to each detection pattern is changed with the type of content. 在这种情况下,为了通过视觉检查识别带类型而确定的上述规定图案也可按需要改变。 In this case, the predetermined pattern in order to identify the tape type by visually checking can also be determined to change.

[0216]另外,如上所述,包括在带宽度指示器部中的指示器800E和作为字符颜色指示器部的指示器800D可被省略。 [0216] In addition, as described above, including indicators 800E and 800D as an indicator of a character color indicator portion in width indicator portion may be omitted. 当不设置指示器800E和800D时,不使用相应的臂检测开关210E (SW5)和210D(SW4)。 When you do not set the indicator 800E and 800D, do not use the corresponding arm detecting switches 210E (SW5) and 210D (SW4). 因此,在这种情况下,可使用其中仅限定相应于臂检测开关210A到210C (SW1到SW3)的带类型的表。 Therefore, in this case, which can be used to define only the corresponding arm detecting switches 210A to 210C (SW1 to SW3) of the tape type table.

[0217]接下来,将参考图3到图6、图19和图20说明通过带式打印机1检测带盒30的带类型的方式。 [0217] Next, with reference to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6, FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 illustrates a tape printer by detecting the type of tape cassette 30 in a manner. 图19示出其中图2和图10到图15示出的带宽度为36mm的宽幅带盒30的带类型被检测的状态,图20示出其中图16到图18示出的带宽度为12_的窄幅带盒30的带类型被检测的状态。 Figure 19 shows an example where the width of Figures 2 and 10 to 15 is shown with the type of 36mm wide tape cassette 30 is detected, and Fig. 20 shows the width of 16 to 18 is shown narrow band type tape cassette 30 is detected in a state 12_.

[0218]当带盒30被用户安装在盒收容部8的适当位置且盒盖6关闭时,压板保持器12从待机位置(参考图3)移动到打印位置(参考图4到图6)。 [0218] When the tape cassette 30 is installed at the user place the cassette housing portion 8 and lid 6 is closed, the platen holder 12 from the standby position (FIG. 3) Move to printing (refer to Figures 4 to 6). 然后设置在压板保持器12的盒面对表面12B上的臂检测部200和锁定件225移动到分别与设置在带盒30的臂前表面35上的臂指示器部800和锁定孔820对置的位置。 Then set the pressure plate 12 facing the cartridge holder arm 12B on the surface of the detection unit 200 and the locking member 225 is moved to 35, respectively, on the front surface of the tape cassette arm 30 of the arm indicator portion 800 and the locking hole set 820 pairs of opposed s position.

[0219] 在带盒30在适当位置安装在盒收容部8中的情况下,锁定件225插入锁定孔820中。 [0219] In the case of the tape cassette 30 installed in position in the cassette housing portion 8, the locking member 225 is inserted in the locking hole 820. 结果,锁定件225不与带盒30干涉,从盒面对表面12B(参考图8)突出的臂检测开关210的开关终端222与设置在臂指示器部800的相应位置的指示器800A到800E(非按压部801和按压部802)对置,且被选择性地按压。 As a result, the locking member 225 does not interfere with the tape cassette 30, facing surface 12B (refer to Figure 8) projecting arm detection switch 210 and a switch terminal 222 provided in the respective position of the arm indicator portion 800 of the indicator from the cartridge 800A to 800E (non-pressing portion 801 and the pressing portion 802) opposite, and is selectively pressed. 更具体地,与非按压部801对置的臂检测开关210通过插入作为非按压部801的孔保持关状态。 More specifically, the non-pressing portion 801 and the opposite arm as the insertion detection switch 210 by the non-pressing portion 801 of the hole kept closed state. 与按压部802对置的臂检测开关210通过被作为按压部802的臂前表面35的表面部的按压改变到开状态。 And the pressing portion 802 opposed arm detection switch 210 is changed by pressing the surface portion of the arm front surface 35 as a pressing portion 802 to the ON state.

[0220] 此外,如上所述,由于形成在锁定件225下表面的倾斜部226,锁定件225的厚度朝向锁定件225前端减少。 [0220] In addition, as described above, since the locking member 225 is formed in the lower surface of the inclined portion 226, the thickness of the locking member 225 toward the front end of the locking member 225 is reduced. 由于形成在锁定孔820下壁的倾斜部821,锁定孔820在竖直方向的开口宽度朝向臂前表面35增加。 Since the locking hole 820 formed in the lower wall of the inclined portion 821, the front locking hole 820 in the vertical direction of the width of the opening toward the surface of the arm 35 increases. 结果,如果锁定件225的位置相对于锁定孔820在向下方向上略微不对准(即,如果盒壳体31相对于盒收容部8中的适当位置略微升高),当压板保持器12朝向打印位置移动时,倾斜部226和倾斜部821彼此相互作用以将锁定件225引导到锁定孔820内。 As a result, if the position of the locking member 225 relative to the locking hole 820 in the downward direction slightly misaligned (ie, if the cartridge case 31 with slightly elevated to the cassette housing portion 8 in the appropriate position), when the platen holder 12 toward the print when the position, the inclined portion 226 and the inclined portion 821 interact with each other to lock the guide member 225 into the locking hole 820. 以这种方式,即使当盒壳体31相对于盒收容部8中的适当位置略微升高,锁定件225也可以适当安装到锁定孔820内,并且臂检测部200可以精确地定位成与臂指示器部800 对置。 In this manner, even when the cartridge housing 31 relative to the slight increase in the cassette housing portion 8 in position, the locking member 225 may be suitably mounted in the locking hole 820, and the arm detection portion 200 may be accurately positioned with the arm indicator section 800 opposed.

[0221] 根据本实施例的锁定件225在带盒30的插入方向上设置在臂检测部200的上游侧(换言之,在臂检测部200上方)。 [0221] The locking member 225 is provided on the insertion direction of the tape cassette 30 of the present embodiment on the upstream side of the arm detection portion 200 (in other words, above the arm detection portion 200). 因此,当带盒30被插入时,锁定件225在臂检测开关210前面与臂前表面35对置。 Therefore, when the tape cassette 30 is inserted, the locking member 225 in front of the arm detection switch 210 and the arm front surface 35 opposed. 换言之,除了锁定件225插入锁定孔820之外,臂检测开关210不与臂前表面35接触。 In other words, in addition to the locking member 225 inserted into the locking hole 820 outside the arm detection switch 210 is not in contact with the front surface of the arm 35. 换言之,除了带盒30安装在适当位置之外,没有臂检测开关210被按压(即,臂检测开关210保持处于关状态)。 In other words, in addition to the tape cassette 30 is installed in position, the arm detecting switch 210 is not depressed (i.e., the arm detecting switches 210 remain in the OFF state). 因此,可以甚至更可靠地防止带类型的错误检测。 Therefore, it can even more reliably prevent erroneous detection of the tape type.

[0222] 在图10到图15中示出的宽幅带盒30安装在盒收容部8中的适当位置的情况下,臂检测开关210A、210C和210D处于关状态,因为它们与作为非按压部801的指示器800A、800C 和800D对置,如图19所示。 [0222] In the case of FIG. 10 shows the wide tape cassette 30 is installed in the cassette housing portion 8 in place of 15, the arm detecting switches 210A, 210C and 210D in the OFF state, as a non-depressed because they section 801 of the indicator 800A, 800C and 800D of the position, shown in Figure 19. 另一方面,臂检测开关210B和210E处于开状态,因为它们与作为按压部802的指示器800B和800E对置。 On the other hand, the arm detecting switches 210B and 210E in the open state, because they are a pressing portion 802 opposed indicator 800B and 800E. 更具体地,指示与臂检测开关210A到210E相应的开关SW1和SW5的开和关状态的值分别被识别为0,1,0,0和1。 More specifically, the arm detecting switch 210A indicating 210E corresponding to the switches SW1 and SW5 values of on and off states is identified as 0,1,0,0 and 1, respectively. 因此,参考带类型表510,以与上述通过视觉检查识别结果相同的方式,带类型被识别为"带宽36mm,镜像打印模式(层叠式)和字符颜色不同于黑色"。 Therefore, the reference tape type table 510, as in the above recognition results by visual inspection the same way with the type is identified as "Bandwidth 36mm, mirror printing mode (cascading) and the character color other than black."

[0223] 在图16到图18中示出的窄幅带盒30安装在盒收容部8中的适当位置的情况下,臂检测开关210A和210E处于关状态,因为它们与作为非按压部801的指示器800A和800E对置, 如图20所示。 Case [0223] shows a narrow tape cassette 30 is installed in place in the cassette housing portion 8 in Figures 16 through 18, the arm detection switches 210A and 210E in the OFF state, because they are a non-pressing portion 801 indicators 800A and 800E of the position, shown in Figure 20. 另一方面,臂检测开关210B、210C和210D处于开状态,因为它们与作为按压部802的指示器800B、800C和800D对置。 On the other hand, the arm detection switch 210B, 210C and 210D in the open state, because they are used as an indicator of the pressing portion 802 800B, 800C and 800D of the position. 更具体地,指示与臂检测开关210A到210E相应的开关SW1和SW5的开和关状态的值分别被识别为0,1,1,1和0。 More specifically, the arm detecting switch 210A indicating 210E corresponding to the switches SW1 and SW5 values of on and off states, respectively, and 0 is identified as 0,1,1,1. 因此,参考带类型表510,以与上述通过视觉检查识别结果相同的方式,带类型被识别为"带宽度12mm,正像打印模式(接收器式)和字符颜色是黑色"。 Thus, with reference to the tape type table 510, with the above-described recognition result is visually checked in the same manner, the tape type is identified as "tape width 12mm, just as the print mode (sink type) and the character color is black."

[0224]如图23所示,在带盒30没被在向下方向充分推压的情况下,例如,锁定件225未插入锁定孔820,且与臂前表面35的表面部接触。 [0224] 23, in the tape cassette 30 is not sufficiently pushed in the downward direction, for example, the locking member 225 is not inserted into the locking hole 820, and is in contact with the surface portion of the arm front surface 35. 如上所述,锁定件225的突起长度与开关终端222的突起长度大致相同或大于该开关终端222的突起长度。 As described above, the locking member 225 protruding length of the protrusion length of the terminal switch 222 is substantially the same as or greater than the length of the protrusion of the switch terminal 222. 结果,当锁定件225与臂前表面35的表面部接触,没有开关终端222与臂前表面35(包括臂指示器部800)接触。 As a result, when the locking member 225 in contact with the surface portion of the arm front surface 35, with no switch terminals 222 of the arm front surface 35 (including the arm indicator portion 800) contacts.

[0225]换言之,由于锁定件225由此防止开关终端222和臂前表面35之间接触,所有臂检测开关210A到210E保持在关状态。 [0225] In other words, since the locking member 225 thereby preventing the switch terminal 222 and the contact surface 35 between the front arm all arm detection switches 210A to 210E kept in the off state. 因此,指示与臂检测开关210A到210E相应的开关SW1到SW5的开和关状态的值分别被识别为0,0,0,0和0。 Therefore, the corresponding value of the switch SW1 to SW5 on and off indicating the status of the arm detection switch 210A to 210E were identified as 0,0,0,0 and 0. 结果,在该安装状态下,参考带类型表510,在带式打印机1中识别到"错误1"。 As a result, in the attached state, with reference to the tape type table 510, the tape printer 1 to identify the "wrong one."

[0226] 如图24和图25所示,在带盒30没有锁定件225的情况下(在图24和图25中,锁定件225由双点划线示出),即使带盒30没有安装在适当位置,如果臂检测开关210与臂前表面35 的表面部对置,开关终端222可被按压(换言之,变到开状态)。 [0226] FIG. 24 and 25, in the tape cassette locking member 30 is not the case under 225 (in Figs. 24 and 25, the locking member 225 is shown by the two-dot chain line), even if the tape cassette 30 is not installed in place, if the detection switch 210 and the surface of the arm portion of the arm front surface 35 is opposed to the switch terminal 222 may be pressed (in other words, changed to the oN state). 如上所述,设置在臂指示器部800中的指示器800A到800E以曲折图案布置,从而没有指示器800A到800E在竖直方向的同一线上对准。 Indicator 800A described above, provided in the arm indicator portion 800 to 800E are arranged in a zigzag pattern, so that no indicators 800A to 800E in the same line vertically aligned. 由于此原因,在带盒30相对于盒收容部8中的适当位置在竖直方向上未对准的情况下,在下面的模式中可检测到错误。 For this reason, in the case of the cassette housing portion 8 position in the vertical direction is not aligned with respect to the tape cassette 30, the following pattern can be detected in error.

[0227]如图24所示,在带盒30相对于盒收容部8中的适当位置在向上的方向上略微未对准的情况下,臂前表面35的下边缘的高度位置在处于较低列的臂检测开关210E之下。 [0227] Figure 24, in the case where the tape cassette 30 with respect to the cassette housing portion 8 in the appropriate location in the upward direction is slightly misaligned, the height position of the lower edge of the arm front surface 35 is at a low arm detection switch 210E column below. 因此所有的臂检测开关210A到210E与臂前表面35的表面部对置,并且因此都处于开状态。 So all arm detection switches 210A to 210E and the surface portion of the arm front surface 35 opposed, and therefore are in an open state. 然后, 指示与臂检测开关210A到210E对应的开关SW1到SW5的开和关状态的值分别被识别为1、1、 1、1和1。 Then, the value indicating the arm detecting switch 210A to 210E corresponding switches SW1 to SW5 on and off states were identified as 1,1, 1,1 and 1. 结果,在该安装状态的情况下,参考带类型表510,在带式打印机1中识别到"错误3"。 As a result, in the mounting state, with reference to the tape type table 510, the tape printer 1 to identify the "wrong 3."

[0228]此外,如图25所示,在带盒30相对于盒收容部8中的适当位置在向上的方向上明显未对准的情况下,臂前表面35的下边缘的高度位置在包括臂检测开关210A和210C的中间列和包括臂检测开关210E的较低列之间。 [0228] In addition, as shown in FIG. 25, in the case where the tape cassette 30 with respect to the cassette housing portion 8 in the appropriate location in the upward direction significantly misaligned, the height position of the arm front surface 35 of the lower edge comprising arm detection switches 210A and 210C of the middle column, and between the arm detecting switch 210E includes a lower column. 因此臂检测开关210A到210D与臂前表面35的表面部对置且在开状态,同时臂检测开关210E不与臂前表面35的表面对置且在关状态。 So to 210D and the surface portion of the arm front surface 35 of the counter and in the open state, while not surface of the arm detection switch 210A and arm detection switch 210E arm front surface 35 of the counter and in the OFF state. 然后,指示与臂检测开关210A到210E相应的开关SW1到SW5开和关状态的值分别被识别为1,1,1,1和0。 Then, indicating to the arm detecting switch 210E 210A corresponding switches SW1 to SW5 value of on and off states, respectively, and 0 is identified as 1,1,1,1. 结果,在该安装状态的情况下,参考带类型表510,在带式打印机1中识别到"错误2"。 As a result, in the mounting state, with reference to the tape type table 510, the tape printer 1 to identify the "error 2."

[0229]如上所述,在本实施例的臂指示器部800中没有采用相应于"错误1"到"错误3"之一的按压部802(表面部)和非按压部801(孔口)的组合图案。 [0229] As described above, the arm indicator portion of the present embodiment does not use 800 corresponding to the "error 1" to the pressing portions 802 (surface portions) "ERROR 3" and one of the non-pressing portions 801 (apertures) monogram. 更具体地,不采用下面的三个图案。 More specifically, without the use of the following three patterns. 第一个是其中所有指示器800A到800E都是非按压部801(孔口)的图案。 The first is where all the indicators 800A to 800E are the non-pressing portion 801 (opening) pattern. 第二个是其中所有指示器800A到800E都是按压部802(表面部)的图案。 The second is where all the indicators 800A to 800E are the pressing portions 802 (surface portions) pattern. 第三个是其中设置在共用指示器部831 (在横向信息部分Y1和Y2中)内的所有指示器800A到800D都是按压部802(表面部)。 The third set is one of the common indicator portion 831 inside (in the lateral information section Y1 and Y2 in) all the indicators 800A to 800D are pressing part 802 (surface portion). 因此,带盒30不仅能通过人们视觉检查和通过带式打印机1的臂检测开关210进行带类型的识另IJ,而且能通过带式打印机1进行带盒30的安装状态的检测。 Thus, the tape cassette 30 not only by the visual inspection by the tape printer 1 and arm detection switch 210 with other types of knowledge IJ, and through the tape printer 1 detects the mounted state of the tape cassette 30.

[0230]如上所述,臂部34是引导从第二带卷轴41拉出的薄膜带59和从墨带卷轴42拉出的墨带60、使薄膜带59和墨带60将在出口34A接合、然后将它们朝向头插入部39(更具体地,开口77)排出的部分。 [0230] As described above, the guide arm portion 34 is pulled out from the second tape spool 41 and the film tape 59 drawn out from the ribbon spool 42 of the ink ribbon 60, the film tape 59 and the ink ribbon 60 will be joined at the exit 34A , then they are facing the head insertion portion 39 (more specifically, the opening 77) of the discharge portion. 因此,如果带盒30未适当地安装在盒收容部8中,则在和热头10的位置关系发生错误,并且可在相对于薄膜带59的带宽度方向(高度方向)的未对准位置执行打印。 Therefore, if the tape cassette 30 is not properly installed in the cassette housing portion 8, in the positional relationship between the thermal head 10 and an error occurs, and may be misaligned with respect to the position of the film tape 59 width direction (height direction) print. 其也适用于打印带57和热敏纸带55。 It also applies to the print tape 57 and the heat-sensitive paper tape 55.

[0231] 考虑这种情况,在本实施例中,臂指示器部800设置在臂部34的臂前表面35中,臂部34在热头10插入的头插入部39附近。 [0231] Consider the case in the present embodiment, the arm indicator portion 800 provided on the front surface of the arm portion 35 of the arm 34, the arm portion 34 is inserted into portion 39 in the vicinity of the thermal head 10 is inserted into the head. 因此,臂部34(更具体地,臂前表面35)形成容易检测与热头10的位置关系中的错误的基础,并且可以通过确定带盒30是否在适当位置安装在盒收容部8中来改进打印精度。 Thus, the arm portion 34 (more specifically, the arm front surface 35) is formed to easily detect the positional relationship between the thermal head 10 and the base of the error, and can be determined whether the tape cassette 30 installed in the proper position in the cassette housing portion 8 to improved printing accuracy.

[0232]接下来,将参考图21说明在根据本实施例的带式打印机1中执行关于打印的处理。 [0232] Next, with reference to FIG. 21 illustrates the process of printing on the tape printer of the present embodiment is performed in accordance with. 当带式打印机1的电源接通时,基于存储在R0M402中的程序,通过CPU401执行图21中示出的关于打印的处理。 When the power is turned on the tape printer 1, based on a program stored in the R0M402, print processing shown by the CPU401 regarding the implementation of Fig. 21.

[0233]如图21所示,在关于打印的处理中,首先,执行带式打印机1的系统初始化(步骤S1)。 [0233] As shown in Figure 21, in the processing related to printing, first, system initialization execution tape printer 1 (step S1). 例如,在步骤S1中执行的系统初始化中,CPU401执行打印相关处理,在该打印相关处理中,RAM404中的文本存储器被清空,计数器初始化到缺省值等。 For example, in the system initialization performed in step S1, printing-related processing performed causing the CPU 401, the print-related processing, a RAM 404, the text in the memory is cleared, the counter is initialized to the default value and the like.

[0234]接下来,基于臂检测部200的检测图案(即,基于臂检测开关210A到210E的开和关状态的组合)识别带盒30的带类型(步骤S3)。 [0234] Next, based on the detection pattern of the arm detection portion 200 (i.e., a combination of the arm detecting switch 210A to 210E of the on and off states based) identifying the type of tape cassette 30 (step S3). 在步骤S3中,如上所述,参考存储在R0M402中的带类型表510,识别与臂检测开关210A到210E的开和关状态组合相应的带类型。 In step S3, as described above, in R0M402 the tape type table 510, identifying the arm detection switch on and off state with reference to storage combination 210A to 210E of the corresponding tape type.

[0235]接下来,确定在步骤S3中识别的带类型是否为"错误"(步骤S5)。 [0235] Next, it is determined in step S3 identified tape type is "error" (step S5). 如果识别的带类型是"错误"(步骤S5"是"),带盒30未适当地安装在盒收容部8中,如上面参考图23到图25所述的。 If the identified tape type is "ERROR" (step the S5 "is"), the tape cassette 30 is not properly installed in the cassette housing portion 8, as described above with reference to FIG. 23 to FIG. 25. 因此,在显示器5上显示消息以通知打印不能开始(步骤S7)。 Therefore, the message is displayed on the display 5 to notify the printing does not start (step S7). 在步骤S7中,在显示器5 上显示阅读的文本消息,例如,"带盒未适当地安装"。 In step S7, a text message is displayed on the display 5 to read, for example, "tape cartridge is not properly installed."

[0236] 在执行步骤S7之后,处理返回到步骤S3。 [0236] After the execution of step S7, the processing returns to step S3. 注意,即使当带盒30适当地安装在盒收容部8中时,但如果盒盖6打开,压板保持器12处在待机位置(参考图3),则在显示器5上显示指示打印不能开始的消息(步骤S7)。 Note that even when the tape cassette 30 is properly installed in the cassette housing portion 8, but if the cover 6 is opened, the platen holder 12 is in the standby position (FIG. 3) is displayed on the display 5 indicates the print can not be started message (step S7).

[0237]如果识别的带类型不是"错误"(步骤S5:否),在步骤S3中识别的带类型的内容以文本信息显示在显示器5上(步骤S9)。 [0237] If the type is not identified with the "wrong" (Step S5: NO), the contents of the tape type identified at step S3 to text information displayed on the display 5 (step S9). 在上述的图15中示出的宽幅带盒30适当安装的情况下,显示器5显示阅读的消息,例如"36mm的层叠式带盒已经安装。字符颜色不同于黑"。 In the case of the above-mentioned FIG. 15 illustrates the wide tape cassette 30 is properly installed, the display 5 displays a message reading, for example, "36mm laminated type tape cassette has been installed. The character is different from the color black." 在上述的图18中示出的窄幅带盒30适当安装的情况下,显示器5显示阅读的消息,例如"12mm的接收器式带盒已经安装。字符颜色为黑"。 In the case of FIG. 18 illustrates a narrow tape cassette 30 is properly installed, the display 5 displays a message reading, for example, "12mm receiver type tape cassette has been installed. The character color is black."

[0238]接下来,确定是否从键盘3有任何输入(步骤SI 1)。 [0238] Next, it is determined whether or not there is any input from the keyboard 3 (step SI 1). 如果有来自键盘3的输入(步骤S11:是),CPU401接收从键盘3输入的字符作为打印数据,将打印数据(文本数据)存储在RAM404的文本存储器中(步骤S13)。 If there is input from the keyboard 3 (step S11: Yes), CPU401 receives input from the keyboard 3 as the character print data, print data (text data) is stored in the text memory RAM404 (step S13). 如果没有来自键盘3的输入(步骤S11:否),处理返回到步骤S11,并且CPU401等待来自键盘3的输入。 If there is no input from the keyboard 3 (step S11: No), the processing returns to step S11, and the CPU401 waits for input from the keyboard 3.

[0239]然后,如果有来自键盘3的开始打印的命令,例如,存储在文本存储器中的打印数据根据步骤S3中识别的带类型被处理(步骤S15)。 [0239] Then, if there is a command to start printing from the keyboard 3, for example, the print data stored in the text memory is processed (step S15) according to the step S3 to identify the tape type. 例如,在步骤S15中,打印数据被处理,使得与在步骤S3中识别的带宽度相应的打印范围和打印尺寸和与在步骤S3中识别的打印模式(镜像打印模式或正像打印模式)相应的打印位置结合。 For example, in step S15, the print data is processed so that in step S3 identified width corresponding print range and print size, and in step S3 identified print mode (mirror image printing mode or positive print mode) accordingly print binding position. 基于在步骤S15中处理的打印数据,在作为打印介质的带上执行打印处理(步骤S17)。 Based on the print data in step S15, processing, print processing is performed in a tape print medium (step S17). 在执行打印处理之后,关于打印的处理(参考图21)结束。 After executing the print processing on the print process (see Fig. 21) ends.

[0240]下面将更具体地说明上述打印处理(步骤S17)。 [0240] described more concretely the above-described print processing (step S17). 在安装图3和图4中示出的层叠式带盒30的情况下,经由带驱动轴100驱动而旋转的带驱动辊46通过与可动供给辊14协作移动从第二带卷轴41拉出薄膜带59。 During the installation of Figures 3 and 4 below shows the stacked tape cassette 30 with the drive shaft 100 is rotated via the belt drive roller 46 with the movable feed roller 14 pulled out from the collaboration to move the second tape spool 41 the film tape 59. 此外,经由墨带卷取轴95驱动以旋转的墨带卷取卷轴44 与打印速度同步地从墨带卷轴42拉出未使用的墨带60。 In addition, the 95 driven to rotate the ribbon take-up spool 44 in synchronization with the print speed of 42 pulled out from the ink ribbon spool unused tape 60 via the ink ribbon winding shaft. 已经从第二带卷轴41拉出的薄膜带59通过墨带卷轴42的外边缘并且沿臂部34内的供给路径供给。 The arm has been supplied along the supply path 34 from the second tape spool 41 of the film tape 59 pulled out through the ink ribbon spool 42 and the outer edge.

[0241 ]然后,在墨带60结合到薄膜带59表面的情况下,薄膜带59从出口34A朝向头插入部39排出。 Case [0241] Then, the ink ribbon 60 bonded to the surface of the film tape 59, the film tape 59 is discharged from the exit 34A toward the head insertion portion 39. 然后薄膜带59供给到带式打印机1的热头10和压板辊15之间。 Then the film tape 59 is supplied to the tape printer 15 between the thermal head 10 and the platen roller 1. 字符通过热头10被打印到薄膜带59的打印表面上。 Character is printed by the thermal head 10 to the printing surface of the film tape 59. 之后,用过的墨带60在引导壁47处与打印的薄膜带59分离且缠绕到墨带卷取卷轴44上。 Thereafter, the used ink ribbon 60 in the guide wall 47 and the printed film tape 59 separated and wound onto the ribbon take-up spool 44.

[0242]其间,双面胶带58通过带驱动辊46与可动供给辊46协作移动而被从第一带卷轴40 拉出。 [0242] In the meantime, the double-sided adhesive tape 58 by the belt drive roller 46 and 46 cooperate to move the movable feed roller 40 is pulled out from the first tape spool. 同时在带驱动辊46和可动供给辊14之间被引导且把持,双面胶带58层叠且粘贴到打印的薄膜带59的打印面。 While the belt drive roller 46 and the movable feed roller 14 and is guided between grip, double-sided adhesive tape 58 laminated and attached to the print side of the print of the film tape 59. 然后已经粘贴了双面胶带58的打印的薄膜带59(8卩,打印的带50) 朝向带排出部49供给,并从排出口排出。 Then have a double-sided tape to paste printing film tape 58 59 (8 Jie, printed tape 50) toward the tape feed and discharge unit 49, and is discharged from the discharge port. 之后,打印的带50被裁切机构17裁切。 After that, the printed tape 50 by cutting mechanism 17 cutting.

[0243]在安装图5中示出的接收器式带盒30的情况下,经由带驱动轴100驱动而旋转的带驱动辊46通过与可动供给辊14协作移动从第一带卷轴40拉出打印带57。 [0243] In the case of the installation shown in FIG. 5 receiver type tape cassette 30 with the drive shaft 100 is rotated via the belt drive roller 46 with the movable feed roller 14 is moved from the first tape spool collaboration pull 40 the print tape 57. 此外,通过墨带卷取轴95驱动旋转的墨带卷取卷轴44与打印速度同步地从墨带卷轴42拉出未使用的墨带60。 In addition, the ribbon take-up shaft 95 is driven to rotate the ribbon take-up spool 44 in synchronization with the printing speed of the ink unused band pulled 60 from the ribbon spool 42. 已经从第一带卷轴40拉出的打印带57在盒壳体31的右前部向左弯曲,且沿臂部34内的供给路径供给。 40 has been pulled out from the first tape spool print tape 57 to be bent leftwards at the right front portion of the cassette case 31, and fed along the feed path 34 within the arm portion.

[0244]然后,在墨带60结合到打印带57表面的状态下,打印带57从出口34A朝向头插入部39排出。 [0244] Then, the ink ribbon 60 bonded to the surface state of the print tape 57, the print tape 57 is inserted from the exit 34A toward the discharge head 39. 然后打印带57在带式打印机1的热头10和压板辊15之间供给。 Then the print tape 57 is supplied between the tape printer 1 of the thermal head 10 and the platen roller 15. 然后,字符通过热头10打印到打印带57的打印面上。 Then, a character by the thermal print head 10 to the printing surface of the print tape 57. 之后,用过的墨带60在引导壁47处与打印的打印带57分离且缠绕到墨带卷取卷轴44上。 Thereafter, the used ink ribbon 60 in the guide wall 47 and the printed printing tape 57 separated and wound onto the ribbon take-up spool 44. 其间,打印的打印带57(换言之,打印的带50)然后朝向带排出部49供给且从排出口排出。 Meanwhile, Print with 57 (in other words, the printed tape 50) is then fed toward the tape discharge portion 49 and is discharged from the discharge port. 之后,打印的带50被裁切机构17裁切。 After that, the printed tape 50 by cutting mechanism 17 cutting.

[0245] 在安装图6中示出的热型带盒30的情况下,经由带驱动轴100驱动而旋转的带驱动辊46通过与可动供给辊14协作移动而从第一带卷轴40拉出热敏纸带55。 [0245] In the installation shown in FIG. 6 thermal type tape cassette 30 with the drive shaft 100 is rotated via the belt drive roller 46 through 14 cooperative movement and the movable feed roller is pulled from the first tape spool 40 a heat-sensitive paper tape 55. 已经从第一带卷轴40拉出的热敏纸带55在盒壳体31的右前部向左弯曲,并且沿臂部34内的供给路径供给。 40 has been pulled out from the first tape spool sensitive paper tape 55 to be bent leftwards at the right front portion of the cassette case 31, and fed along the feed path within the arm portion 34.

[0246] 然后,热敏纸带55从臂部34的出口34A朝向开口77排出并且然后在热头10和压板辊15之间供给。 [0246] Then, heat-sensitive paper tape 55 from the arm exit 34A 34 toward the discharge opening 77 and then fed between the thermal head 10 and the platen roller 15. 然后,字符通过热头10打印到热敏纸带55的打印面。 Then, a character by the thermal print head 10 to the printing surface 55 of the heat-sensitive paper tape. 之后,打印的热敏纸带55(即,打印的带50)通过带驱动辑46与可动供给辑14协作移动被进一步朝向带排出部49供给,并且从排出口排出。 Thereafter, the heat-sensitive printing tape 55 (i.e., the printed tape 50) is supplied with a series of movable collaborative supply 14 is further moved toward the tape discharge portion 49 by the tape drive, Series 46, and is discharged from the discharge port. 之后,打印的带50被裁切机构17裁切。 After that, the printed tape 50 by cutting mechanism 17 cutting.

[0247] 当以热型打印方式执行打印时,墨带卷取卷轴44也经由墨带卷取轴95驱动而旋转。 [0247] When the hot-type printing method performing printing ribbon take-up spool 44 is also through the ink ribbon winding shaft 95 is driven to rotate. 但是,在热型带盒30中未收容墨带卷轴。 However, in the hot-type tape cassette 30 is not receiving the ribbon spool. 由于此原因,墨带卷取卷轴44不拉出未使用的墨带60,也不缠绕已使用墨带60。 For this reason, the ribbon take-up spool 44 does not pull out the unused ink ribbon 60, nor the use of an ink ribbon 60 has been wound. 换言之,即使在装配有墨带卷取轴95的带式打印机1中使用热型带盒30时,墨带卷取轴95的旋转驱动不影响热敏纸带55的打印操作从而可以正确地执行打印。 In other words, even if equipped with a ribbon take-up shaft 95 of the tape printer 1 using the thermal type tape cassette 30, the ribbon take-up shaft 95 is rotationally driven not affect sensitive paper tape 55, whereby the printing operation can be performed correctly print. 在热型带盒30中,可不设置墨带卷取卷轴44,墨带卷取轴95可以类似的方式在支撑孔67A和67B内部执行空运转。 Thermal type tape cassette 30, the ink may not be provided with a take-up spool 44, 95 may be in a similar manner to perform the ink ribbon winding shaft idling in support holes 67A and 67B inside.

[0248] 在上述打印操作中(步骤S17),在安装层叠式带盒30的情况下,执行镜像打印。 [0248] In the printing operation (step S17), in the case of stacked installation tape cassette 30, perform mirror printing. 在镜像打印中,墨带60的墨转移到薄膜带59上使得字符以镜像示出。 In the mirror printing, the ink of the ink ribbon 60 is transferred to the film tape 59 so that the character image shown. 在安装接收器式带盒30 的情况下,执行正像打印。 In the case of mounting the receiver type tape cassette 30 is performed just as printing. 在正像打印中,墨带60的墨转移到打印带57上使得字符以正像示出。 As in printing, the ink is transferred to the ink ribbon 60 of the ribbon 57 so that positive character is shown. 在安装热型带盒30的情况下,在热敏纸带55上执行热型正像打印使得字符以正像示出。 In the case of the thermal type tape cassette 30 is installed, perform the thermal print type As such character just as shown on the heat-sensitive paper tape 55.

[0249] 在本实施例中,打印模式"层叠式"应用于利用其执行镜像打印的带盒30,而打印模式"接收器式"应用于利用其执行正像打印的带盒30。 [0249] In the present embodiment, the print mode "cascading" applies to the use of its execution Mirror Printing tape cartridge 30, and the print mode "Receiver type" applies to the use of its implementation As the print tape cassette 30. 由于此原因,打印模式"接收器式" 不仅应用于图5中示出的接收器式带盒30,而且应用于图6中示出的热型带盒30。 For this reason, the print mode "receptor type" in Figure 5 is not only used in the receiver shown in formula tape cassette 30, and FIG. 6 shows the applied thermal type tape cassette 30.

[0250]尽管上述关于打印的处理(参考图21)中,基于臂检测部200的检测模式通过带式打印机1来识别安装在盒收容部8中的带盒30的带类型。 [0250] Although the above process with respect to print (see Fig. 21), based on the detection mode arm detection portion 200 by the tape printer 1 to identify installed in the cassette housing portion 8 of the tape cassette type 30. 更具体地,臂检测部200上的臂检测开关210A到210E被设置在带盒30的臂前表面35上的臂指示器部800选择性地按压,从而识别带盒30的带类型。 More specifically, the arm detecting switches 200 on the arm detection portion 210A to 210E are provided on the front surface 30 of the arm 35 on the arm indicator portion of the tape cassette 800 is selectively depressed, so as to identify the tape type of the tape cassette 30.

[0251] 如上所述,根据本实施例的带盒30构造成使得当人们单独观察带盒30时,人们能通过视觉检查臂前表面35识别包括在带盒30中的带的类型。 [0251] As described above, according to the tape cassette 30 of the present embodiment is configured so that when people observe the tape cassette 30 alone, it is by visual inspection of the front surface of the arm 35 includes identifying the type of tape in the tape cassette 30. 另外,带盒30构造成使得当带盒30安装在带式打印机1的盒安装部8中时,带式打印机1可以利用检测由臂指示器部800指示的信息的臂检测部200来识别带类型。 Further, the tape cassette 30 is configured such that when the tape cassette 30 is installed in the cartridge mounting portion of a tape printer 8, the tape printer 1 can be detected by the arm indicator portion 800 indicates an arm detection portion 200 of the information identification band Types of. 在前述结构中,作为将带盒30构造成使得人们可以通过视觉检查臂指示器部800来辨认带盒30中的带类型的结果,特别表现出下列效果。 In the foregoing constitution, the tape cartridge 30 is configured such that it can recognize the tape cassette 30 in the tape type by visual inspection of the results of the arm indicator portion 800, in particular, showed the following effects.

[0252] 在带盒的传统制造方法中,通常将作为打印介质的带收容到高度(也称为壳体尺寸)与打印带相应的盒壳体中。 [0252] In the conventional manufacturing method of the tape cassette, the tape will normally accommodated as the height of the print medium (also called case size) corresponding to the printing tape cartridge housing. 与之相比,提出一种带盒制造方法,其中具有不同带宽度的带收容在具有相同高度(相同壳体尺寸)的盒壳体中。 In contrast, the tape cassette manufacturing method is proposed, wherein the housing has a different band width of the same height (the same case size) of the cartridge housing. 以这种类型的带盒制造方法,其使用共用壳体尺寸,可以预期下面的益处。 In this type of tape cassette manufacturing method that uses a common housing size, you can expect the following benefits.

[0253] 首先,传统上,当从部件制造工厂向组装工厂运输与不同的带宽度相应的不同壳体尺寸的盒壳体时,盒壳体在不同的运输容器中被运输,所述每个不同的运输容器是为每种壳体尺寸准备。 [0253] First, conventionally, when a member from the manufacturing plant to the assembly plant and transportation of different bandwidths corresponding to different housing sizes cassette housing, the cartridge housing to be transported in separate shipping containers, each of said different transport container is prepared for each case size. 相比之下,通过使用共用壳体尺寸,当从部件制造工厂向组装工厂运输盒壳体时,可以使用共用运输容器。 In contrast, by using a common case size, when viewed from the manufacturing plant to assemble parts factory transport box housing, access to a shared transport container. 因此,可以降低用于盒壳体的运输成本。 Therefore, it can reduce transportation costs for the cartridge housing.

[0254]第二,如果对于每种带宽度的壳体尺寸不同,当产品从组装工厂发货时,必需使用不同的包装箱,所述每个不同的包装箱是为每种壳体尺寸准备。 [0254] Second, if the width of the housing for each different size, when the product is shipped from the assembly plant, it is necessary to use different packaging, the packaging is different in each case for each dimension ready . 相比之下,通过使用共用壳体尺寸,当产品发货时,可以使用共用包装箱,也可以使用共用包装形式。 In contrast, by using a common case size, when the product is shipped, you can use a common box, you can also use a common packaging. 因此,也可以降低包装成本。 Therefore, it can also reduce packaging costs.

[0255]第三,如果相同宽度的墨带用于带宽度窄的带,墨带本身的宽度(墨带宽度)窄。 [0255] Third, if the ink ribbon with the same width for narrow width, the width of the ink ribbon itself (ink width) narrower. 在这种情况下,墨带可以在打印操作中被切断。 In this case, the ink ribbon can be cut in the printing operation. 相比之下,通过使用能以适当强度保持墨带宽度的共用壳体尺寸,即使带宽度窄,也可以防止墨带在打印操作中被切断。 In contrast, through the use of an appropriate strength to maintain the width of the ink common case size, even a narrow width, the ink ribbon can be prevented from being cut off during the printing operation.

[0256]另一方面,在带盒的制造中,如果不同带宽度的带分别安装在共用尺寸的盒壳体中,错误带宽度的带可能收容在盒壳体中。 [0256] On the other hand, in the manufacture of the tape cassette, if a different tape widths are respectively mounted in the common size cassette case in the wrong tape width may be housed in the cartridge housing. 例如,工人可能在打算收容12_带的盒壳体中错误地安装6mm或9mm宽的带。 For example, workers may be housed in the cartridge casing intend 12_ belt incorrectly installed 6mm or 9mm wide tape. 因为能够收容12mm带的共用尺寸盒壳体具有允许收容少于12_ 宽度的带的肋高度,所以错误才会发生。 Being able to share storage size 12mm cartridge casing accommodating with having allowed less than the width of the rib height 12_ band, so the error will occur.

[0257]此外,如上所述,带盒的打印模式包括所谓接收器式和层叠式,利用接收器式,直接在打印带上执行正像打印,利用层叠式,在透明带上执行镜像打印后,双面胶带粘贴到打印面。 [0257] In addition, a so-called sink type and stacked using the receiver type, direct printing on the print tape just as the execution, the use of cascading style, in the implementation of transparent tape image after printing as described above, the cassette printing mode include , double-sided adhesive tape to the printing surface. 共用尺寸盒壳体具有相同的外观,因此,在错误打印模式中错误的带可能安装在盒壳体中。 Common size cassette case has the same look, therefore, wrong tape may be installed in the cartridge casing in the wrong print mode. 例如,当盒壳体打算用于层叠式带盒时,工人可能将错误的带安装在盒壳体中从而组装成接收器式带盒。 For example, when the cartridge housing intended for the cassette when stacked, workers may be the wrong tape cassette mounted in the housing so as to be assembled into a receiver-type tape cassette.

[0258]但是,利用根据本实施例的带盒30,人们仅通过视觉检查臂指示器部800就能识别带盒30的带类型。 [0258] However, with the tape cassette 30 according to the present embodiment, it is only by visual inspection arm indicator portion 800 can identify the type of tape cassette 30. 换言之,工人可以确定应安装到盒壳体31中的带的带宽度,以及带盒31要使用的打印模式。 In other words, workers can be mounted to the cartridge case to determine the width of the belt 31, and 31 tape cartridge printing mode to use. 结果,在带盒30的制造过程中,工人在工作的同时确认将收容到盒壳体31 中的内容物,从而可以减少带盒30的制造中的错误。 As a result, the tape cassette 30 in the manufacturing process, the worker while working Claim accommodating the cartridge housing 31 into the contents, the tape cassette 30 can be reduced so that the manufacturing errors.

[0259] 此外,当带盒30被从工厂发货时,检验员仅通过视觉检查臂指示器部800就能检验收容在盒壳体31中的内容物是否正确,因此可以在带盒30上执行产品检验。 [0259] Further, when the tape cassette 30 is shipped from the factory, the inspector simply by checking the arm indicator portion 800 a visual inspection can be accommodated in the cassette case 31 are correct in content, the cassette 30 can be on the implementation of product testing. 更具体地,检验员可以确认制造好的带盒30的开口77处露出的带是否与从臂指示器部800识别的带类型匹配。 More specifically, the inspector confirmed that the fabricated tape cassette type matching the opening 77 is exposed from the belt 30 whether the arm indicator portion 800 identified.

[0260]特别地,根据本实施例的臂指示器部800设置在臂前表面35上在带露出处的开口77附近。 [0260] In particular, according to this embodiment, the arm indicator portion 800 provided on the arm front surface 35 is exposed in the vicinity of the opening band at 77. 而且,臂前表面35是可以从与带在开口77中露出的相同方向(更具体地,从带盒30 的前方)看到的部分。 Moreover, the arm front surface 35 is the same direction as the tape is exposed in the opening 77 (more specifically, from the front of the tape cassette 30) see section. 换言之,臂指示器部800和带处于相邻位置,并且能被从相同方向看到,因此,检验员在确认臂指示器部800的同时可以检验带。 In other words, the arm indicator portion 800 and the belt in adjacent positions, and can be seen from the same direction, and therefore, the inspector confirmed in the arm indicator portion 800 can simultaneously test strip. 结果,可以提高带盒30的产品检验的工作效率。 As a result, the tape cassette can improve product testing 30 working efficiency.

[0261] 另外,臂指示器部800用在每个竖向信息部分XI到X5(或每个指示器800A到800E) 中孔口的有无组合(即,非按压部801和按压部802的组合)形成的简单结构指示带类型。 [0261] In addition, the arm indicator portion 800 is used in each of the vertical information section to the X5 XI (or each indicator 800A to Bulletin 800E) in the presence or absence of a combination of the aperture (i.e., non-pressing portions 801 and the pressing portion 802 combination of a simple structure) formed tape type indication. 因此,臂指示器部800可以预先容易地形成在盒壳体31上。 Therefore, the arm indicator portion 800 can be easily formed in advance on the cartridge housing 31. 由于此原因,在制造盒壳体31时,不需要打印将收容在盒壳体31中的内容物,也不需要粘贴标签来指示内容物,因此可在低成本的情况下减少带盒30的制造中的错误。 For this reason, in the manufacture of the cartridge casing 31, housed in the cartridge you will not need to print the contents of the housing 31 does not need to attach a label indicating the contents, at low cost and therefore can reduce the tape cassette case 30 manufacturing errors.

[0262] 而且,在本实施例中,由通用盒形成的层叠式带盒30用于通用带式打印机1。 [0262] Further, in this embodiment, the cartridge is formed by the general formula laminated tape cassette 30 for general purpose tape printer 1. 因此, 单个带式打印机1可以使用每种类型的带盒30,诸如热型、接收器式和层叠式等,不需要为每种类型使用不同的带式打印机1。 Thus, a single tape printer 1 can be used for each type of the tape cassette 30, such as heat, the receiver type and stacked like, you do not need to use a different tape printer 1 for each type. 此外,带盒30通常通过注入塑料到多种组合模具中形成。 Further, the tape cassette 30 is usually formed by injection of plastic into the mold a variety of combinations. 在对应相同带宽度的带盒30的情况下,除了包括形成臂指示器部800的部分的模具以外,可以使用共用模具。 In the same corresponding to the width of the tape cassette 30, in addition to including mold portion forming the arm indicator portion 800 of the outside, you can use a common mold. 因此,可以显著降低成本。 Therefore, it can significantly reduce costs.

[0263]在上述例子中,臂前表面35的特定区域R0包括第一区域R1和第二区域R2。 [0263] In the above example, the specific area R0 of the arm front surface 35 includes a first region R1 and second region R2. 第一区域R1包括作为锁定孔820的孔口。 The first region R1 includes a locking hole 820 of the orifice. 第二区域R2包括作为指示器800A到800E的重叠区域,其每一个包括孔口(即,非按压部801)或表面部(即,按压部802)。 The second region R2 includes, as an indicator 800A to 800E of the overlap region, each of which includes an aperture or a surface portion (i.e., the non-pressing portion 801) (i.e., the pressing portion 802). 在这种情况下,在特定区域R0 中,可以自由形成孔口和表面部,只要保持锁定孔820或指示器800A到800E的功能。 In this case, in the specific area R0, the aperture can be freely formed and surface portion, as long as the indicator remains locked hole 820 or 800A to 800E features.

[0264] 更具体地,对于图2和图10到图15中示出的上述宽幅带盒30,不作为锁定孔820或指示器800A到800E的所有区域是在与按压部802相同的平面的表面部。 [0264] More specifically, with respect to FIG. 2 and FIG. 10 to FIG said wide tape cassette 3015 is shown, not as a locking hole 820 or the indicators 800A to 800E of the area of all the pressing portion 802 is in the same plane surface portion. 因此,设置在特定区域R0中的孔口(非按压部801和锁定孔820)彼此分开地形成。 Thus, the aperture (the non-pressing portion 801 and the locking hole 820) provided in the specified area R0 are formed separately from each other. 但是,不必所有孔口都彼此分开。 However, to avoid all the orifices are separated from each other.

[0265]例如,可以在特定区域R0中形成一个孔口(槽),其具有包括非按压部801中的至少两个的尺寸和形状。 [0265] For example, an opening may be formed (groove) in a specific area R0, which comprises the non-pressing portion 801 having at least two size and shape. 可替代地,可以形成包括锁定孔820和非按压部801中的一个的一个槽。 Alternatively, aperture 820 may be formed include a locking and non-pressing portion 801 in a groove of a. 可以形成包括锁定孔820和非按压部801中的至少两个的一个槽。 It can be formed comprising at least two locking holes 820 and 801 in the non-pressing portion of a groove. 但是,注意,在形成一个槽的情况下,槽需要形成使得槽不包括作为按压部802的部分。 However, note that, in the case of forming a groove, the groove such that the groove does not need to include a portion of the pressing portion 802 is formed.

[0266] 图26和图27示出宽幅带盒30的例子,其中设置在指示器800A、800C和800D中的每个非按压部801连续以形成槽804。 [0266] FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 shows an example of the wide tape cassette 30 in which is disposed the indicator 800A, 800C and 800D each of the non-pressing portion 801 to form a slot 804 continuously. 此外,图28示出宽幅带盒30的例子,其中锁定孔820和设置在指示器800D中的非按压部801连续以形成槽804。 In addition, FIG. 28 shows an example of the wide tape cassette 30, wherein the non-locking holes 820 and the pressing portion 801 provided in the indicator 800D are formed in the grooves 804 to continuously. 而且对于在图26到图28中示出的宽幅带盒30,指示器800A到800E的组合模式与图2和图10到图15中示出的上述宽幅带盒30的组合模式相同。 But also for the 26 to 28 shown in FIG width tape cassette 30, the indicator 800A to 800E combination pattern of FIG. 2 and FIG. 10 to FIG. 15 shows the above-mentioned wide tape cassette 30 is the same combination pattern. 因此,通过臂检测开关210的检测或人们的视觉检查,可以识别与图2和图10到图15示出的上述宽幅带盒30相同的带类型。 Thus, the arm detection switch detects the visual inspection, or 210 people, and can be identified in FIG. 2 to FIG. 10 FIG. 15 shows the above-mentioned wide tape cartridge of the same type of tape 30.

[0267] 此外,对于图16到图18中示出的上述窄幅带盒30,特定区域R0的不作为锁定孔820 或指示器800A到800E的所有区域是处于和按压部802相同平面的表面部。 Same plane as the surface [0267] In addition, FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 shows the tape cassette 30 of the narrow, specific area R0 locking hole 820 or not as the indicator 800A to 800E are in all regions and the pressing portion 802 unit. 因此,设置在特定区域R0中的孔口(非按压部801,其包括设置在指示器800E中且作为逸出孔的非按压部801, 和锁定孔820)彼此分开地形成。 Thus, the orifice provided in the specific area R0 (the non-pressing portion 801, which includes setting the indicator 800E as an escape hole and the non-pressing portion 801, and the lock holes 820) are formed separately from each other. 但是,不必孔口都彼此分开。 However, to avoid the orifice are separated from each other.

[0268]例如,在特定区域R0中可形成包括非按压部801中至少两个的一个槽。 [0268] For example, in a specific area R0 may be formed in the non-pressing portion 801 of the at least one groove comprises two. 可替代地, 可以形成包括锁定孔820和非按压部801的一个槽。 Alternatively, a groove may be formed include a locking hole 820 and the non-pressing portion 801. 但是,注意,在形成一个槽的情况下,槽需要形成使得槽不包括作为按压部802的部分。 However, note that, in the case of forming a groove, the groove such that the groove does not need to include a portion of the pressing portion 802 is formed.

[0269]图29示出窄幅带盒30的例子,其中锁定孔820和设置在指示器800E中的作为逸出孔的非按压部801连续以形成槽804。 [0269] FIG. 29 shows an example of a narrow tape cassette 30, wherein the locking indicator 800E in the escape hole as the non-pressing portion 801 and the hole 820 to form a slot 804 provided continuously. 此外,图30示出窄幅带盒30的例子,其中锁定孔820和设置在指示器800A中的非按压部801,以及设置在指示器800E中作为逸出孔的非按压部801 形成为槽804。 In addition, FIG. 30 shows an example of a narrow tape cassette 30, wherein the non-pressing portion 801 and the locking holes 820 provided in the indicator 800A, and as provided in the indicator 800E escape hole in a non-pressing portion 801 is formed as a groove 804. 而且对于图29和图30中示出的窄幅带盒30,指示器800A到800E的组合模式与图16到图18中示出的上述的窄幅带盒30的组合模式相同。 And the same for 29 and 30 shown in a narrow tape cassette 30, a combination of indicators 800A to 800E model and Figures 16 through 18 shown in the above-described combination of a narrow tape cassette mode (30). 因此,通过臂检测开关210的检测或人们的视觉检查,可以识别与图16到图18中示出的上述窄幅带盒30相同的带类型。 Thus, the arm detection switch detects the visual inspection, or 210 people, and can be identified in FIG. 16 to FIG. 18 shows the tape cassette of the narrow strip of the same type 30.

[0270]在上述实施例中,收容在带盒30的盒壳体31中的热敏纸带55、打印带57和薄膜带59的每一种都对应于本发明的带。 [0270] In the above-described embodiment, the heat-sensitive paper tape accommodated in the tape cassette 31 in the housing 30 of the cartridge 55, the print tape 57 and the film tape 59 in each of which corresponds to a tape of the present invention. 臂部34的出口34A对应于本发明的带出口,带排出部49对应于本发明的带引导部。 Export arm 34A 34 corresponds with the outlet of the present invention, the tape discharge portion 49 corresponding to the tape guide portion of the present invention. 特定区域R0对应于本发明的特定区域,设置在第二区域R2中的臂指示器部800对应于本发明的类型指示器部。 Specific area R0 corresponds to a specific region of the present invention, provided in the arm indicator portion 800 of the second region R2 corresponding to the type indicator portion of the present invention. 非按压部801和后述的凹部810,每个对应于本发明的孔口。 Non-pressing portion 801 and the recessed portion 810 to be described later, each port corresponding to the present invention. 锁定孔820对应于本发明的参考孔口。 Lock holes 820 corresponding to the reference aperture of the present invention.

[0271]竖向信息部分XI到X5对应于本发明的多个竖向信息部分,并且横向信息部分Y1到Y3对应于本发明的多个横向信息部分。 [0271] vertical information section X5 XI to information corresponding to a plurality of vertical portions of the present invention and the lateral information section Y1 to Y3 corresponding to the plurality of lateral information section of the present invention. 竖向信息部分XI到X3分别对应于第一竖向信息部分、第二竖向信息部分和第三竖向信息部分,竖向信息部分X5对应于本发明的最上游竖向信息部分。 Vertical information section XI to X3 respectively correspond to the first vertical information section, the second vertical information section and the third vertical information section, the vertical information section X5 corresponds to a most upstream vertical information section of the present invention. 竖向信息部分X1、X2和X5或指示器800A、800B和800E对应于带宽度指示器部。 Vertical information section X1, X2 and X5 or the indicators 800A, 800B and 800E correspond to the width indicator portion. 竖向信息部分X3或指示器800C对应于打印模式指示器部。 Vertical information section X3 or the indicator 800C corresponding to the print mode indicator portion.

[0272]本发明的带盒30和带式打印机1不限于上述实施例的那些,在本发明的范围内当然可以对它们进行各种变形和改变。 [0272] The present invention of the cassette 30 and the tape printer 1 is not limited to those in the above embodiments within the scope of the present invention, of course, they can be a variety of modifications and changes.

[0273] 臂指示器部800的非按压部801和按压部802的形状、尺寸、数量和配置模式不限于上述实施例中描述的例子,而是可以被改变。 [0273] The arm indicator portion 800 and the non-pressing portion 801 presses the shape, size, number and configuration modes is not limited to the example 802 described in the above-described embodiments, but may be changed. 例如,在上述实施例中,臂指示器部800的非按压部801(孔口)是在平面图中具有竖长矩形形状的通孔,其与作为指示器800A到800E的每个重叠区域的形状相同。 For example, in the above embodiment, the arm indicator portion 800. The non-pressing portion 801 (aperture) is a vertically long rectangular shape having a through hole in plan view, the shape of each overlapping region 800A to 800E as an indicator of the same. 但是,非按压部801在尺寸范围和形状上可以改变成基本完全包括作为每个指示器800A到800E的重叠区域。 However, the non-pressing portion 801 range in size and shape may be changed to include a substantially complete each indicator 800A to 800E of the overlapping area. 例如,非按压部801可以是在平面图中具有圆形形状且包括重叠区域的通孔,或非按压部801可以具有任何其它不同形状。 For example, the non-pressing portion 801 may have a circular shape in plan view and includes the overlapping area of the through-hole, or non-pressing portion 801 may have any other different shapes.

[0274] 此外,设置在臂指示器部800的非按压部可不必是通孔,而可以是形成在臂前表面35中的凹部810,如图31所示。 [0274] In addition, the non-pressing portion provided in the arm indicator portion 800 may not necessarily be a through hole, and the recess 810 may be formed on the front surface of the arms 35, 31 as shown in FIG. 另外,在上述实施例中,具有半圆形槽34K的带盒30作为例子示出。 Further, in the above embodiment, it is having a semi-circular groove 34K tape cassette 30 shown as an example. 但是,带盒30可以不用必须具有半圆形槽34K。 However, the tape cassette 30 may not have to have a semi-circular groove 34K.

Patent Citations
Cited PatentFiling datePublication dateApplicantTitle
CN1166155A *24 Jul 199626 Nov 1997精工爱普生株式会社Cartridge for ink-jet printers and ink-jet printer
US5538352 *19 Sep 199423 Jul 1996Brother Kogyo Kabushiki KaishaTape printing system
*US2006233582 Title not available
Classifications
International ClassificationB41J32/00
Cooperative ClassificationB41J33/14, B41J15/044, B41J2/32, B41J35/36, B41J11/009, B41J3/4075, B41J32/00
Legal Events
DateCodeEventDescription
30 Apr 2014C06Publication
4 Jun 2014C10Entry into substantive examination
6 Jul 2016C14Grant of patent or utility model